Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

according+to+his+father

  • 81 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    a part of human personality, spirit
    when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 82 קום

    קוּם(b. h.) to stand up, rise; to stand, exist. Sifré Deut. 357 (ref. to Deut. 26:10) אבל באומות קָם וכ׳ but among the nations he (a prophet like Moses) has existed ; R. Hash. 21b בנביאים לא קםוכ׳ among the prophets never one arose like Moses, but among the rulers one did arise (Solomon). Tanḥ. Bshall. 16 שכל הַקָּם … כאילו קםוכ׳ whoever rises against Israel is considered as if he rose against the Shkhinah. Ib. (ref. to Ex. 15:7) הרבית … כל הקָּמִים לנגדך thou hast often shown thyself glorious over all that rose against thee; a. v. fr.קוּם עֲשֵׂה rise and do, a transgression of a prohibitive law which you must repair by an action, v. נָתַק. Ḥull.XII, 4. Macc.15b, v. infra; a. fr.V. קַיָּים. Pi. קִיֵּים 1) to establish; to attest, identify. Gitt.2b אין עדים מצויין לקַיְּימוֹ no witnesses are likely to be found to attest it (identify the signatures). Ib. 6a כולי עלמא בעינן לקיימו all agree that identifiation by witnesses is required. B. Mets.7a מודה בשטר … צריך לקיימו even if the debtor admits that he has written the note, the creditor must establish its identity (or else the debtor may maintain that the debt has been paid). Gitt.III, 4 וקיְּימוּ את דבריו and they sustained his opinion. Keth.20a אין מְקַיְּימִין … אלא משטרוכ׳ a document can be identified only by comparison of the signatures with those on a document that had been disputed and declared valid in court. Ib. אין מקיימין … משתי כתובותוכ׳ a document can be identified only by comparison of signatures with two marriage deeds or deeds of sale of two fields Ned.72a שמע וק׳ if he heard her vow and confirmed it. Y.R. Hash. I, 56c top קִיַּימְתִּיהָ כשחלוכ׳ I sustain that opinion for a case when ; a. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּיָּים. B. Mets. l. c. במק׳ דבריוכ׳ if the document has been identified, all agree ; a. e. 2) to fulfill, carry out, execute. Yoma 28b ק׳ אברהםוכ׳ Abraham fulfilled the whole Law. Macc. l. c. כל מצות … ק׳וכ׳ in the case of a transgression of a prohibitive law for which reparation is commanded, if the transgressor fulfills the prescribed reparation, he is free (from legal punishment), but if he made the reparation impossible Ib. ור״ש בן ל׳ קִיְּימוֹ ולא קִיְּימוֹ R. S. ben L. reads, if he makes reparation (he is free), and if he refuses, (he is punished); ib. 15a למאן דאמר ק׳ ולא ק׳ according to him who reads ḳiyymo vlo ḳiyymo (punishment can be executed as soon as one refuses to make reparation, although reparation is not made impossible); Ḥull.141a. Ab. IV, 9 … כל הַמְקַיֵּים לקַיְּימָהּ מעושר he who maintains (studies and observes) the Law in poverty, shall finally maintain it in wealth. Sot.13a sq. אמרו ק׳ זה כלוכ׳ they said, this one (Joseph in the coffin) has fulfilled what is written in this (the tablets in the ark of the covenant). Y.R. Hash. I, 57b top רצה מְקַיְּימָהּ if he so desires, he observes it (his own decree). Ber.9b ועבדום … ק׳ בהםוכ׳ the Lord fulfilled on them ‘and they shall make them serve (Gen. 15:14), but he did not fulfill on them ; a. v. fr. מה אני מקייםוכ׳ how can I maintain the words, i. e. in what way can this Scriptural verse which seems to conflict with my opinion be interpreted? R. Hash. 21b אלא מה אני מקיים ביקשוכ׳ and how do I interpret the verse biḳḳesh (Koh. 12:10)? Y.Kidd.I, 61c מה מקיים … בנים how does R. Elazar interpret banim (Deut. 14:1)?; a. fr. 3) to sustain, preserve alive, save. Snh.IV, 5 כל המקיים … כאילו ק׳וכ׳ he who saves one life … is considered … as if he had preserved the whole world; B. Bath.11a. Ab. V, 1 צדיקים שמקיימין את העילםוכ׳ the righteous who sustain the world which was created Kil. V, 8 המקיים קוצים בכרם he who keeps (cultivates) thorns in a vineyard. Ib. דבר שכמוהו מקיימין a plant of the kind that people are wont to cultivate; a. e. 4) to place ( on the chafing stove). Tosef.Sabb.III, 1 ואין מקיימין עליהוכ׳ (not לה) you must not place dishes on it, until it is swept or covered with ashes. Ib. 3; Y. ib. III, beg.5c; a. e. Hithpa. הִתְקַיֵּים, Nithpa. נִתְקַיֵּים 1) to be established, identified. Gitt.I, 3 יִתְקַיֵּים בחותמיו let the genuineness of the document be established through its signers (the witnesses subscribed or through others identifying their signatures); a. fr. 2) to be fulfilled, realized. Macc.24b עד שלא נִתְקַיְּימָה … שלא תִתְקַיֵּים נבואתווכ׳ is as long as the prophecy of Uriah (Mic. 3:12) was not fulfilled, I was afraid lest Zechariahs prophecy (Zech. 8:4) fail to come true; עכשיו שנתקיימה … מִהְקַיֶּימֶת now that Uriahs prophecy has been fulfilled, it is sure that Zechariahs will come true. Tosef.Snh.XI, 8; Y. ib. XI, 30a bot. וכולן נִתְקַיְּימוּ, v. מִדָּה. Ber.55a מקצתו מתקייםוכ׳ part of a dream may come true, but the whole of it will not. Midr. Till. to Ps. 1:3 מִתְקַיְּימוֹת are executed, v. עֵצָה II; a. fr. 3) to be preserved; to last, endure. Gitt.II, 3 בכל דבר שאינו מתקיים with any writing-ink which does not endure. Pes.68b אילמלא … לא נתקיימווכ׳ but for the Law, heaven and earth would not continue to exist. Taan.7a מה … מִתְקַיְּימִיןוכ׳ as these three liquids can he preserved only in the lowest kind of vessels, so will the words of the Law stay with him only whose mind is lowly. Erub.54a תלמודו מתק׳ בידו his learning will remain with him (in his memory). Shebi. VII, 2 מתק׳ בארץ plants the roots of which continue in the ground (perennials). Ab. IV, 11 כל כנסיה … סופה להִתְקַיֵּים every union for a sacred purpose is destined to last. Ib. V, 17 כל מחלוקת … סופה להתק׳ a contest for a sacred purpose is bound to have an enduring effect; a. fr. 4) to be maintained, be harmonised. Mekh. Mishp. s. 20 כיצד יִתְקַיְּימוּ שני מקראות הללו how can these two verses be harmonised?; a. fr. Hif. הֵקִים 1) to put up, erect. Ex. R. s. 52 בואו שנָקִיםוכ׳ come, for we will put up the Tabernacle. lb שרתה … והֵקִימוֹ the holy spirit came upon him, and he put it up. Tanḥ. Pḳudé 11 אני כותב עליך שאתה הֲקִימֹתוֹ I will record about thee, that thou didst put it up; a. fr. 2) to confirm ( a womans vow). Ned.67b איה׳ה׳ if he (the father) has confirmed it, it stands confirmed (the betrothed cannot annul it). Ib. 69a יש שאלה בהָקֵם can a confirmation (by one of the two, the father or the husband) be reconsidered? (v. שְׁאֵלָה), v. הָקֵם; a. e. Hof. הוּקַם to be put up. Tanḥ. l. c. כיון שה׳ המשכן מידוכ׳ as soon as the Tabernacle was erected, the Divine Presence came down Tanḥ. Naso 23. Num. R. s. 12; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > קום

  • 83 קוּם

    קוּם(b. h.) to stand up, rise; to stand, exist. Sifré Deut. 357 (ref. to Deut. 26:10) אבל באומות קָם וכ׳ but among the nations he (a prophet like Moses) has existed ; R. Hash. 21b בנביאים לא קםוכ׳ among the prophets never one arose like Moses, but among the rulers one did arise (Solomon). Tanḥ. Bshall. 16 שכל הַקָּם … כאילו קםוכ׳ whoever rises against Israel is considered as if he rose against the Shkhinah. Ib. (ref. to Ex. 15:7) הרבית … כל הקָּמִים לנגדך thou hast often shown thyself glorious over all that rose against thee; a. v. fr.קוּם עֲשֵׂה rise and do, a transgression of a prohibitive law which you must repair by an action, v. נָתַק. Ḥull.XII, 4. Macc.15b, v. infra; a. fr.V. קַיָּים. Pi. קִיֵּים 1) to establish; to attest, identify. Gitt.2b אין עדים מצויין לקַיְּימוֹ no witnesses are likely to be found to attest it (identify the signatures). Ib. 6a כולי עלמא בעינן לקיימו all agree that identifiation by witnesses is required. B. Mets.7a מודה בשטר … צריך לקיימו even if the debtor admits that he has written the note, the creditor must establish its identity (or else the debtor may maintain that the debt has been paid). Gitt.III, 4 וקיְּימוּ את דבריו and they sustained his opinion. Keth.20a אין מְקַיְּימִין … אלא משטרוכ׳ a document can be identified only by comparison of the signatures with those on a document that had been disputed and declared valid in court. Ib. אין מקיימין … משתי כתובותוכ׳ a document can be identified only by comparison of signatures with two marriage deeds or deeds of sale of two fields Ned.72a שמע וק׳ if he heard her vow and confirmed it. Y.R. Hash. I, 56c top קִיַּימְתִּיהָ כשחלוכ׳ I sustain that opinion for a case when ; a. fr.Part. pass. מְקוּיָּים. B. Mets. l. c. במק׳ דבריוכ׳ if the document has been identified, all agree ; a. e. 2) to fulfill, carry out, execute. Yoma 28b ק׳ אברהםוכ׳ Abraham fulfilled the whole Law. Macc. l. c. כל מצות … ק׳וכ׳ in the case of a transgression of a prohibitive law for which reparation is commanded, if the transgressor fulfills the prescribed reparation, he is free (from legal punishment), but if he made the reparation impossible Ib. ור״ש בן ל׳ קִיְּימוֹ ולא קִיְּימוֹ R. S. ben L. reads, if he makes reparation (he is free), and if he refuses, (he is punished); ib. 15a למאן דאמר ק׳ ולא ק׳ according to him who reads ḳiyymo vlo ḳiyymo (punishment can be executed as soon as one refuses to make reparation, although reparation is not made impossible); Ḥull.141a. Ab. IV, 9 … כל הַמְקַיֵּים לקַיְּימָהּ מעושר he who maintains (studies and observes) the Law in poverty, shall finally maintain it in wealth. Sot.13a sq. אמרו ק׳ זה כלוכ׳ they said, this one (Joseph in the coffin) has fulfilled what is written in this (the tablets in the ark of the covenant). Y.R. Hash. I, 57b top רצה מְקַיְּימָהּ if he so desires, he observes it (his own decree). Ber.9b ועבדום … ק׳ בהםוכ׳ the Lord fulfilled on them ‘and they shall make them serve (Gen. 15:14), but he did not fulfill on them ; a. v. fr. מה אני מקייםוכ׳ how can I maintain the words, i. e. in what way can this Scriptural verse which seems to conflict with my opinion be interpreted? R. Hash. 21b אלא מה אני מקיים ביקשוכ׳ and how do I interpret the verse biḳḳesh (Koh. 12:10)? Y.Kidd.I, 61c מה מקיים … בנים how does R. Elazar interpret banim (Deut. 14:1)?; a. fr. 3) to sustain, preserve alive, save. Snh.IV, 5 כל המקיים … כאילו ק׳וכ׳ he who saves one life … is considered … as if he had preserved the whole world; B. Bath.11a. Ab. V, 1 צדיקים שמקיימין את העילםוכ׳ the righteous who sustain the world which was created Kil. V, 8 המקיים קוצים בכרם he who keeps (cultivates) thorns in a vineyard. Ib. דבר שכמוהו מקיימין a plant of the kind that people are wont to cultivate; a. e. 4) to place ( on the chafing stove). Tosef.Sabb.III, 1 ואין מקיימין עליהוכ׳ (not לה) you must not place dishes on it, until it is swept or covered with ashes. Ib. 3; Y. ib. III, beg.5c; a. e. Hithpa. הִתְקַיֵּים, Nithpa. נִתְקַיֵּים 1) to be established, identified. Gitt.I, 3 יִתְקַיֵּים בחותמיו let the genuineness of the document be established through its signers (the witnesses subscribed or through others identifying their signatures); a. fr. 2) to be fulfilled, realized. Macc.24b עד שלא נִתְקַיְּימָה … שלא תִתְקַיֵּים נבואתווכ׳ is as long as the prophecy of Uriah (Mic. 3:12) was not fulfilled, I was afraid lest Zechariahs prophecy (Zech. 8:4) fail to come true; עכשיו שנתקיימה … מִהְקַיֶּימֶת now that Uriahs prophecy has been fulfilled, it is sure that Zechariahs will come true. Tosef.Snh.XI, 8; Y. ib. XI, 30a bot. וכולן נִתְקַיְּימוּ, v. מִדָּה. Ber.55a מקצתו מתקייםוכ׳ part of a dream may come true, but the whole of it will not. Midr. Till. to Ps. 1:3 מִתְקַיְּימוֹת are executed, v. עֵצָה II; a. fr. 3) to be preserved; to last, endure. Gitt.II, 3 בכל דבר שאינו מתקיים with any writing-ink which does not endure. Pes.68b אילמלא … לא נתקיימווכ׳ but for the Law, heaven and earth would not continue to exist. Taan.7a מה … מִתְקַיְּימִיןוכ׳ as these three liquids can he preserved only in the lowest kind of vessels, so will the words of the Law stay with him only whose mind is lowly. Erub.54a תלמודו מתק׳ בידו his learning will remain with him (in his memory). Shebi. VII, 2 מתק׳ בארץ plants the roots of which continue in the ground (perennials). Ab. IV, 11 כל כנסיה … סופה להִתְקַיֵּים every union for a sacred purpose is destined to last. Ib. V, 17 כל מחלוקת … סופה להתק׳ a contest for a sacred purpose is bound to have an enduring effect; a. fr. 4) to be maintained, be harmonised. Mekh. Mishp. s. 20 כיצד יִתְקַיְּימוּ שני מקראות הללו how can these two verses be harmonised?; a. fr. Hif. הֵקִים 1) to put up, erect. Ex. R. s. 52 בואו שנָקִיםוכ׳ come, for we will put up the Tabernacle. lb שרתה … והֵקִימוֹ the holy spirit came upon him, and he put it up. Tanḥ. Pḳudé 11 אני כותב עליך שאתה הֲקִימֹתוֹ I will record about thee, that thou didst put it up; a. fr. 2) to confirm ( a womans vow). Ned.67b איה׳ה׳ if he (the father) has confirmed it, it stands confirmed (the betrothed cannot annul it). Ib. 69a יש שאלה בהָקֵם can a confirmation (by one of the two, the father or the husband) be reconsidered? (v. שְׁאֵלָה), v. הָקֵם; a. e. Hof. הוּקַם to be put up. Tanḥ. l. c. כיון שה׳ המשכן מידוכ׳ as soon as the Tabernacle was erected, the Divine Presence came down Tanḥ. Naso 23. Num. R. s. 12; a. fr.

    Jewish literature > קוּם

  • 84 procedere

    carry on
    fig ( agire) proceed
    law procedere contro qualcuno take legal proceedings against s.o.
    * * *
    procedere v. intr.
    1 to proceed, to advance, to go* on, to continue advancing: le automobili procedevano lentamente, cars procedeed slowly; procedete!, go on (o proceed)!; procedevano in silenzio, they went on in silence; dopo una breve pausa l'oratore procedette, after a short pause the orator went on; il lavoro non procede, the work isn't proceeding (o going on); i lavori di restauro procedono lentamente, the restoration work is proceeding slowly; come procedono gli affari?, how's business going?; i miei studi procedono bene, my studies are going well // prima di procedere oltre, before we proceed any further; procedi oltre, questo non m'interessa, go on, this does not interest me // procedere cautamente, to proceed cautiously // procedere con ordine, to proceed in an orderly manner // procedere di buon passo, to walk briskly
    2 ( agire, comportarsi) to act, to behave; ( trattare) to deal*: dovresti procedere con più tatto con quell'uomo, you should deal more tactfully with that man; non mi piace il tuo modo di procedere, I don't like the way you behave
    3 (dir.) to proceed: procedere contro qlcu., to proceed against s.o.; procedere per vie legali contro qlcu., to take legal action against s.o. // procedere a un'inchiesta, to institute an inquiry // procedere a un'esecuzione forzata, to levy execution // non luogo a procedere, nonsuit (o no case): sentenza di non luogo a procedere, nonsuit judgement
    4 (non com.) ( derivare, aver origine) to proceed, to originate: tutti i suoi guai procedono dalla sua avventatezza, all his troubles proceed from (o are due to) his rashness // il Figlio procede dal Padre, the Son proceeds from the Father
    5 ( accingersi) to start, to proceed: decisero di procedere alla perforazione del pozzo, they decided to start the drilling of the well; procediamo alla votazione, let's proceed to the voting.
    procedere s.m.
    1 ( il progredire) process, passing, progress: lamentarsi per il lento procedere dei lavori, to complain about the slow progress of the work; il procedere del tempo, the passing of time; col procedere del tempo, as time passes
    2 ( condotta, comportamento) conduct, behaviour, way of dealing: non approvo il suo procedere verso quell'uomo, I do not approve of his behaviour towards that man.
    * * *
    [pro'tʃɛdere]
    verbo intransitivo (aus. essere, avere)
    1) (aus. essere) [persona, veicolo] to proceed, to move (along)

    procedere a fatica — [ persona] to plough through, to struggle along (anche fig.)

    2) (aus. essere) [lavoro, progetto, studi] to come* along, to get* along, to proceed, to progress
    3) (aus. avere) (continuare) to go* on, to carry on, to proceed
    4) (aus. avere) (passare, dare avvio) to proceed, to pass on, to go* on (a to)

    procedere alla votazione di qcs. — to put sth. to the vote

    5) (aus. avere) dir.

    procedere contro qcn. — to proceed against sb.

    procedere per via legale contro qcn. — to bring a o take legal action against sb.

    6) (aus. avere) (agire) to proceed
    * * *
    procedere
    /pro't∫εdere/ [2]
    (aus. essere, avere)
     1 (aus. essere) [persona, veicolo] to proceed, to move (along); procedere con prudenza to proceed with caution o care; procedere velocemente to rush along; procedere a fatica [ persona] to plough through, to struggle along (anche fig.)
     2 (aus. essere) [lavoro, progetto, studi] to come* along, to get* along, to proceed, to progress; come procede la tua tesi? how's your thesis coming o getting along? tutto procede secondo i piani everything is proceeding o going according to plan
     3 (aus. avere) (continuare) to go* on, to carry on, to proceed; proceda pure please proceed
     4 (aus. avere) (passare, dare avvio) to proceed, to pass on, to go* on (a to); procedere al ballottaggio to proceed with the ballot; procedere alla votazione di qcs. to put sth. to the vote
     5 (aus. avere) dir. procedere contro qcn. to proceed against sb.; procedere per via legale contro qcn. to bring a o take legal action against sb.; non luogo a procedere nonsuit
     6 (aus. avere) (agire) to proceed; come intendi procedere al riguardo? how are you going to go about it?

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > procedere

  • 85 auctor

    auctor (incorrectly written autor or author), ōris, comm. [id.], he that brings about the existence of any object, or promotes the increase or prosperity of it, whether he first originates it, or by his efforts gives greater permanence or continuance to it; to be differently translated according to the object, creator, maker, author, inventor, producer, father, founder, teacher, composer, cause, voucher, supporter, leader, head, etc. (syn.: conditor, origo, consiliarius, lator, suasor, princeps, dux).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    Of persons, a progenitor, father, ancestor:

    L. Brutus, praeclarus auctor nobilitatis tuae,

    the founder, progenitor of your nobility, Cic. Tusc. 4, 1, 2:

    generis,

    Verg. A. 4, 365; so Ov. M. 4, 640, and Suet. Vit. 2:

    tu sanguinis ultimus auctor,

    Verg. A. 7, 49; so Ov. M. 12, 558, and 13, 142:

    tantae propaginis,

    id. F. 3, 157:

    originis,

    Suet. Ner. 1:

    gentis,

    id. Claud. 25:

    auctores parentes animarum,

    Vulg. Sap. 12, 6:

    auctore ab illo ducit originem,

    Hor. C. 3, 17, 5:

    Sive neglectum genus et nepotes Respicis auctor,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 36:

    mihi Tantalus auctor,

    Ov. M. 6, 172:

    auctores saxa fretumque tui,

    id. H. 10, 132:

    Juppiter e terrā genitam mentitur, ut auctor Desinat inquiri,

    id. M. 1, 615.—Of animals, Col. 6, 27, 1.—
    B.
    Of buildings, etc., founder, builder:

    Trojae Cynthius auctor,

    Verg. G. 3, 36:

    murorum Romulus auctor,

    Prop. 5, 6, 43 ( augur, Müll.):

    auctor posuisset in oris Moenia,

    Ov. M. 15, 9:

    porticus auctoris Livia nomen habet,

    id. A. A. 1, 72:

    amphitheatri,

    Plin. 36, 15, 24, § 118:

    omnia sub titulo tantum suo ac sine ullā pristini auctoris memoriā,

    Suet. Dom. 5.—
    C.
    Of works of art, a maker, artist:

    statua auctoris incerti,

    Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93: apparuit summam artis securitatem auctori placaisse, id. praef. § 27.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    In gen., the originator, executor, performer, doer, cause, occasion of other things (freq. interchanged with actor):

    tametsi haud quaquam par gloriá sequitur scriptorem et auctorem rerum, tamen etc.,

    Sall. C. 3, 2 Kritz (cf. without rerum: Suam quisque culpam auctores ad negotia transferunt, id. J. 1, 4):

    praeclari facinoris,

    Vell. 2, 120, 6:

    facti,

    Ov. M. 9, 206; Vell. 1, 8:

    cum perquirerent auctorem facti,

    Vulg. Jud. 6, 29:

    optimi statūs auctor,

    Suet. Aug. 28:

    honoris,

    Ov. M. 10, 214:

    vitae,

    Vulg. Act. 3, 15:

    salutis,

    ib. Heb. 2, 10:

    fidei,

    ib. ib. 12, 2:

    funeris,

    Ov. M. 10, 199:

    necis,

    id. ib. 8, 449;

    9, 214: mortis,

    id. ib. 8, 493:

    vulneris,

    id. ib. 5, 133;

    8, 418: plagae,

    id. ib. 3, 329:

    seditionis sectae,

    Vulg. Act. 24, 5.—Also, in gen., one from whom any thing proceeds or comes:

    auctor in incerto est: jaculum de parte sinistrā Venit,

    i. e. the sender, Ov. M. 12, 419; so,

    teli,

    id. ib. 8, 349:

    muneris,

    the giver, id. ib. 2, 88;

    5, 657, 7, 157 al.: meritorum,

    id. ib. 8, 108 al.—
    B.
    An author of scientific or literary productions.
    1.
    An investigator:

    non sordidus auctor Naturae verique,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 14.—And as imparting learning, a teacher:

    quamquam in antiquissimā philosophiā Cratippo auctore versaris,

    Cic. Off. 2, 2, 8:

    dicendi gravissimus auctor et magister Plato,

    id. Or. 3, 10:

    divini humanique juris auctor celeberrimus,

    Vell. 2, 26, 2:

    Servius Sulpicius, juris civilis auctor,

    Gell. 2, 10; Dig. 19, 1, 39; 40, 7, 36.—
    2.
    The author of a writing, a writer:

    ii quos nunc lectito auctores,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18:

    ingeniosus poëta et auctor valde bonus,

    id. Mur. 14:

    scripta auctori perniciosa suo,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 1, 68:

    Belli Alexandrini Africique et Hispaniensis incertus auctor est,

    Suet. Caes. 56; id. Aug. 31:

    sine auctore notissimi versus,

    i. e. anonymous verses, id. ib. 70; so id. Calig. 8; id. Dom. 8 al.— Meton. of cause for effect, for a literary production, writing, work:

    in evolvendis utriusque linguae auctoribus, etc.,

    Suet. Aug. 89. —In partic., the author of historical works, an historian (with and without rerum):

    ego cautius posthac historiam attingam, te audiente, quem rerum Romanarum auctorem laudare possum religiosissimum,

    Cic. Brut. 11, 44; so,

    Matrem Antoniam non apud auctores rerum, non diurnā actorum scripturā reperio ullo insigni officio functam,

    Tac. A. 3, 3; 3, 30 (diff. from auctor rerum in II. A.):

    Polybius bonus auctor in primis,

    Cic. Off. 3, 32, 113; so Nep. Them. 10, 4; Liv. 4, 20; Tac. A. 5, 9; 14, 64 al.—With historiae (eccl. Lat.):

    historiae congruit auctori,

    Vulg. 2 Macc. 2, 31.—Hence, in gen., one that gives an account of something, a narrator, reporter, informant (orally or in writing):

    sibi insidias fieri: se id certis auctoribus comperisse,

    Cic. Att. 14, 8:

    celeberrimos auctores habeo tantam victoribus irreverentiam fuisse, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 51:

    criminis ficti auctor, i. e. nuntius,

    Ov. M. 7, 824:

    Non haec tibi nuntiat auctor Ambiguus,

    id. ib. 11, 666; 12, 58; 12, 61; 12, 532.—Hence, auctorem esse, with acc. and inf., to relate, recount:

    Auctores sunt ter novenis punctis interfici hominem,

    Plin. 11, 21, 24, § 73:

    Fabius Rustiçus auctor est scriptos esse ad Caecinam Tuscum codicillos,

    Tac. A. 13, 20:

    Auctor est Julius Marathus ante paucos quam nasceretur menses prodigium Romae factum (esse) publice, etc.,

    Suet. Aug. 94 et saep.—
    C.
    One by whose influence, advice, command, etc., any thing is done, the cause, occasion, contriver, instigator, counsellor, adviser, promoter; constr. sometimes with ut, acc. and inf., or gen. gerund.: quid mihi es auctor ( what do you counsel me?) huic ut mittam? Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 2; 4, 7, 70; id. Poen. 1, 3, 1:

    idne estis auctores mihi?

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 16:

    mihique ut absim, vehementer auctor est,

    Cic. Att. 15, 5:

    Gellium ipsis (philosophis) magno opere auctorem fuisse, ut controversiarum facerent modum,

    id. Leg. 1, 20, 53:

    ut propinqui de communi sententiā coërcerent, auctor fuit,

    Suet. Tib. 35; id. Claud. 25; id. Calig. 15:

    a me consilium petis, qui sim tibi auctor in Siciliāne subsidas, an proficiscare,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 8: ego quidem tibi non sim auctor, si Pompeius Italiam reliquit, te quoque profugere, Att. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 10:

    ne auctor armorum duxque deesset, Auct. B. G. 8, 47: auctor facinori non deerat,

    Liv. 2, 54:

    auctores Bibulo fuere tantundem pollicendi,

    Suet. Caes. 19:

    auctores restituendae tribuniciae potestatis,

    id. ib. 5; so id. Dom. 8:

    auctor singulis universisque conspirandi simul et ut... communem causam juvarent,

    id. Galb. 10 al. —So freq. in the abl. absol.: me, te, eo auctore, at my, your, his instance, by my [p. 199] advice, command, etc.:

    non me quidem Faciet auctore, hodie ut illum decipiat,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 23:

    an paenitebat flagiti, te auctore quod fecisset Adulescens?

    Ter. Eun. 5, 6, 12:

    quare omnes istos me auctore deridete atque contemnite,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 54:

    quia calida fomenta non proderant, frigidis curari coactus auctore Antonio Musā,

    Suet. Aug. 81; 96; id. Galb. 19; id. Vit. 2 al.: agis Carminibus grates et dis auctoribus horum, the promoters or authors of spells, Ov. M. 7, 148.—
    2.
    Esp., in political lang., t. t.
    a.
    Auctor legis.
    (α).
    One who proposes a law, a mover, proposer (very rare):

    quarum legum auctor fuerat, earum suasorem se haud dubium ferebat,

    Liv. 6, 36:

    Quid desperatius, qui ne ementiendo quidem potueris auctorem adumbrare meliorem,

    Cic. Dom. 30, 80.—
    (β).
    One who advises the proposal of a law, and exerts all his influence to have it passed, a supporter (stronger than suasor; cf. Suet. Tib. 27:

    alium dicente, auctore eo Senatum se adīsse, verba mutare et pro auctore suasorem dicere coegit): isti rationi neque lator quisquam est inventus neque auctor umquam bonus,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 34:

    cum ostenderem, si lex utilis plebi Romanae mihi videretur, auctorem me atque adjutorem futurum (esse),

    id. Agr. 2, 5; id. Att. 1, 19:

    quo auctore societatem cum Perseo junxerunt,

    Liv. 45, 31; Suet. Oth. 8; id. Vesp. 11 al.—Sometimes in connection with suasor:

    atque hujus deditionis ipse Postumius suasor et auctor fuit,

    Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109:

    Nisi quis retinet, idem suasor auctorque consilii ero,

    Tac. H. 3, 2 al. —
    (γ).
    Of a senate which accepts or adopts a proposition for a law, a confirmer, ratifier:

    nunc cum loquar apud senatores populi Romani, legum et judiciorum et juris auctores,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 67.— Poet., in gen., a law-giver:

    animum ad civilia vertet Jura suum, legesque feret justissimus auctor,

    Ov. M. 15, 833;

    and of one who establishes conditions of peace: leges captis justissimus auctor imposuit,

    id. ib. 8, 101. —Hence, auctores fieri, to approve, accept, confirm a law:

    cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat, patres ante auctores fieri coëgerit,

    Cic. Brut. 14, 55:

    Decreverunt ut, cum populus regem jussisset, id sic ratum esset, si patres auctores fierent,

    Liv. 1, 17; 1, 22; 2, 54; 2, 56; 6, 42; 8, 12 al.—
    b.
    Auctor consilii publici, he who has the chief voice in the senate, a leader:

    hunc rei publicae rectorem et consilii publici auctorem esse habendum,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 48, 211; 3, 17, 63. —Also absol.:

    regem Ariobarzanem, cujus salutem a senatu te auctore, commendatam habebam,

    by your influence, and the decree of the senate occasioned by it, Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 6; cf. Gron. ad Liv. 24, 43.—
    D.
    One who is an exemplar, a model, pattern, type of any thing:

    Caecilius, malus auctor Latinitatis,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:

    nec litterarum Graecarum, nec philosophiae jam ullum auctorem requiro,

    id. Ac. 2, 2, 5; cf.

    Wopk. Lect. Tull. p. 34: unum cedo auctorem tui facti, unius profer exemplum,

    i. e. who has done a similar thing, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 26:

    Cato omnium virtutum auctor,

    id. Fin. 4, 16, 44 al. —
    E.
    One that becomes security for something, a voucher, bail, surety, witness:

    id ita esse ut credas, rem tibi auctorem dabo,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 70:

    auctorem rumorem habere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19: fama nuntiabat te esse in Syriā;

    auctor erat nemo,

    id. Fam. 12, 4:

    non si mihi Juppiter auctor Spondeat,

    Verg. A. 5, 17:

    gravis quamvis magnae rei auctor,

    Liv. 1, 16:

    auctorem levem, nec satis fidum super tantā re Patres rati,

    id. 5, 15 fin.:

    urbs auspicato deis auctoribus in aeternum condita,

    under the guaranty of the gods, id. 28, 28.—Also with acc. and inf.:

    auctores sumus tutam ibi majestatem Romani nominis fore,

    Liv. 2, 48.—
    F.
    In judic. lang., t. t.
    1.
    A seller, vender (inasmuch as he warrants the right of possession of the thing to be sold, and transfers it to the purchaser; sometimes the jurists make a distinction between auctor primus and auctor secundus; the former is the seller himself, the latter the bail or security whom the former brings, Dig. 21, 2, 4; cf.

    Salmas. Mod. Usur. pp. 728 and 733): quod a malo auctore emīssent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22:

    auctor fundi,

    id. Caecin. 10; Dig. 19, 1, 52: Inpero (auctor ego sum), ut tu me quoivis castrandum loces, Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 73 Wagn.; id. Ep. 3, 2, 21; id. Curc. 4, 2, 12.— Trop.:

    auctor beneficii populi Romani,

    Cic. Mur. 2.—
    2.
    A guardian, trustee (of women and minors):

    dos quam mulier nullo auctore dixisset,

    Cic. Caecin. 25:

    majores nostri nullam ne privatam quidem rem agere feminas sine auctore voluerunt,

    Liv. 34, 2:

    pupillus obligari tutori eo auctore non potest,

    Dig. 26, 8, 5.—
    3.
    In espousals, auctores are the witnesses of the marriage contract (parents, brothers, guardians, relatives, etc.):

    nubit genero socrus, nullis auspicibus, nullis auctoribus,

    Cic. Clu. 5.—
    G.
    An agent, factor, spokesman, intercessor, champion:

    praeclarus iste auctor suae civitatis,

    Cic. Fl. 22:

    (Plancius) princeps inter suos... maximarum societatum auctor, plurimarum magister,

    id. Planc. 13, 22:

    meae salutis,

    id. Sest. 50, 107:

    doloris sui, querelarum, etc.,

    id. Fl. 22 fin.
    In class.
    Lat. auctor is also used as fem.:

    eas aves, quibus auctoribus etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 15, 27:

    Et hostes aderant et (Theoxena) auctor mortis instabat,

    Liv. 40, 4, 15:

    auctor ego (Juno) audendi,

    Verg. A. 12, 159; Ov. M. 8, 108; id. F. 5, 192; 6, 709; id. H. 14, 110; 15, 3; Sen. Med. 968; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 29 Müll. The distinction which the grammarians, Serv. ad Verg. A. 12, 159, Prob. p. 1452 sq. P., and others make between auctor fem. and auctrix, that auctrix would refer more to the lit. signif. of the verb, augeo, while auctor fem. has more direct relation to the prevailing signif. of its noun, auctoritas, is unfounded.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > auctor

  • 86 volo

    1.
    vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;

    also volt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:

    voltis,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;

    so volint,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:

    sis for si vis,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:

    sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With object-infinitive.
    1.
    With pres. inf.
    a.
    To wish.
    (α).
    Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:

    potare ego hodie tecum volo,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:

    ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,

    id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:

    ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:

    natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,

    Lucr. 5, 177:

    video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:

    quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?

    id. ib. 1, 15, 34:

    si innocentes existimari volumus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:

    quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:

    quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7:

    si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,

    id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 23:

    si haec relinquere voltis,

    id. C. 58, 15:

    priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,

    Liv. 3, 53, 7:

    si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,

    id. 21, 21, 5:

    non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,

    id. 2, 59, 2:

    suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,

    Suet. Caes. 85:

    Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
    (β).
    Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:

    neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,

    Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
    b.
    Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:

    in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:

    maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:

    consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,

    Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
    c.
    = in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:

    ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:

    eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:

    puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:

    necare candem voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:

    hostis hostem occidere volui,

    Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;

    volui... ferro interficere (ironically),

    id. 40, 13, 2:

    tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,

    the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:

    non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,

    Quint. 9, 2, 85.—

    Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 24:

    sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:

    cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,

    id. Sen. 1, 2:

    ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:

    bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,

    id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:

    ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:

    at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,

    it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:

    eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,

    his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:

    cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,

    when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:

    si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:

    (plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,

    Liv. 23, 2, 7:

    rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,

    id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:

    ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
    d.
    = studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:

    quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 75:

    nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,

    id. Or. 2, 77, 315:

    de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,

    that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:

    audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?

    do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
    e.
    To mean, of actions and expressions:

    hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,

    the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:

    non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):

    quid aliud volui dicere?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:

    volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:

    adduxi volui dicere,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
    f.
    To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:

    nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,

    id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:

    sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,

    id. Men. 1, 3, 13:

    sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:

    si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,

    Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:

    ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:

    hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
    g.
    To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):

    quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:

    quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:

    si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,

    Liv. 22, 56, 7:

    at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,

    Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:

    P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,

    Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
    h.
    Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:

    sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,

    id. Poen. prol. 50:

    vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,

    id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:

    i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,

    id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:

    illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,

    id. ib. 1, 47, 112:

    ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5:

    visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?

    id. 8, 7, 7:

    volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,

    Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
    k.
    Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):

    uti tamen tuo consilio volui,

    still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
    1.
    To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:

    is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,

    likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:

    hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:

    ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,

    Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:

    plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,

    Suet. Caes. 68:

    dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:

    heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:

    cum alter verum audire non vult,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,

    refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
    m.
    To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;

    si jussus est, necessitati,

    if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:

    utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:

    de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,

    on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:

    laedere numquam velimus,

    Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:

    vivere noluit qui mori non vult,

    who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
    n.
    To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):

    haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,

    in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,

    pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:

    Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,

    id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
    o.
    To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):

    magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,

    that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
    2.
    With pres. inf. understood.
    a.
    Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
    (α).
    To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):

    nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,

    as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:

    proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,

    Lucr. 3, 1090:

    nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:

    tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 81:

    quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,

    id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:

    neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,

    Hor. A. P. 348.—
    (β).
    To choose, be pleased (freq.):

    tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:

    id repetundi copia est, quando velis,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:

    habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31:

    rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:

    provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?

    id. Sest. 39, 84:

    quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,

    Liv. 21, 18, 14:

    senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,

    id. 4, 51, 2:

    saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,

    id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;

    26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,

    Suet. Aug. 66:

    at tu quantum vis tolle,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
    (γ).
    To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):

    sine me pervenire quo volo,

    let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:

    scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,

    as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:

    ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,

    Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
    (δ).
    To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:

    jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:

    patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),

    that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
    (ε).
    To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):

    tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
    b.
    With ellipsis of inf.
    (α).
    Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:

    nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,

    I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:

    volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2:

    hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),

    Tac. A. 12, 42 fin.
    (β).
    With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
    3.
    With perfect infinitive active (rare).
    a.
    In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
    (α).
    In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:

    edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,

    id. 39, 17, 3. —
    (β).
    In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:

    interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:

    oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:

    ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
    b.
    In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:

    sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),

    which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
    c.
    To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
    (α).
    In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
    (β).
    In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,

    an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?

    Pers. 1, 41:

    qui me volet incurvasse querela,

    id. 1, 91.
    B.
    With acc. and inf.
    1.
    To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
    a.
    With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:

    deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:

    emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,

    id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:

    scin' quid nunc te facere volo?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:

    si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:

    consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:

    vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,

    id. Sest. 42, 92:

    nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    hoc te scire volui,

    id. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16:

    ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,

    Liv. 4, 38, 2:

    si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,

    id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    regnari tamen omnes volebant,

    that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:

    mihi volo ignosci,

    I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:

    volt sibi quisque credi,

    Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
    b.
    With the same subject.
    (α).
    With inf. act.:

    quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,

    what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:

    volo me placere Philolachi,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:

    judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,

    Cic. Or. 33, 117:

    vult, credo, se esse carum suis,

    id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
    (β).
    With inf. pass.:

    quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,

    Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:

    qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:

    religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2:

    Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,

    Suet. Calig. 22 fin.
    2.
    Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:

    me absente neminem volo intromitti,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:

    viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:

    pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:

    (deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,

    id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:

    causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:

    quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,

    Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:

    senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:

    quid fieri velit praecipit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 56:

    ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,

    id. ib. 7, 16:

    quid fieri vellet ostendit,

    id. ib. 7, 27:

    quae fieri vellet edocuit,

    id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:

    quid fieri vellet edixit,

    Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:

    sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,

    Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
    3.
    Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:

    Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,

    Plaut. As. prol. 12:

    Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,

    has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:

    primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,

    id. Rud. prol. 33:

    quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,

    meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:

    si non hoc intellegi volumus,

    id. Fat. 18, 41:

    quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:

    quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,

    Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
    4.
    To resolve:

    Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:

    si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,

    if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:

    senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §

    160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45:

    tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,

    Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
    5.
    To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:

    montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,

    which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,

    id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
    6.
    To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):

    obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,

    they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:

    Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,

    id. 24, 4, 5:

    petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),

    id. 42, 19, 5:

    orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,

    id. 3, 69, 5:

    quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?

    id. 25, 28, 8:

    si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,

    Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:

    cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
    7.
    To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:

    voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,

    Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    (Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,

    Quint. 8, 3, 43:

    vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,

    id. 9, 4, 137:

    si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
    8.
    To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
    (α).
    To imagine, consider:

    est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98:

    si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,

    Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
    (β).
    To be of opinion, to hold:

    vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:

    volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,

    id. Div. 2, 44, 93:

    vultis evenire omnia fato,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 24:

    alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,

    id. Fat. 19, 45:

    vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,

    id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:

    volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
    (γ).
    To say, assert:

    si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,

    as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:

    sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,

    id. Or. 1, 55, 23:

    ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,

    id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:

    Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
    (δ).
    To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:

    unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,

    Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
    (ε).
    To mean, with perf. inf.:

    utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?

    Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:

    quam primum istud, quod esse vis?

    what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:

    ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,

    what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
    9.
    In partic.
    a.
    With things as subjects.
    (α).
    Things personified:

    ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,

    would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:

    cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,

    which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:

    quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?

    what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:

    me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,

    Prop. 1, 6, 25:

    hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,

    id. 1, 6, 30.—
    (β).
    Of laws, to provide:

    duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,

    Cic. Mil. 3, 9:

    lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
    b.
    With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
    (α).
    The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:

    nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,

    id. Or. 1, 59, 253:

    propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,

    id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:

    daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,

    Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
    (β).
    With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:

    aunt qui volum te conventam,

    who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:

    eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,

    if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:

    nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,

    id. Att. 8, 3, 4:

    rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:

    Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,

    Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;

    26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,

    Quint. 8, 3, 21:

    si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,

    Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:

    velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:

    liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:

    obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,

    id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:

    quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,

    Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:

    quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,

    Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:

    volo amori ejus obsecutum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
    c.
    With predic. adj., without copula.
    (α).
    The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):

    si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,

    if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:

    ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,

    id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:

    ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:

    quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:

    irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,

    Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
    (β).
    Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):

    in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),

    when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    volo me patris mei similem,

    I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:

    qui vero se populares volunt,

    who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:

    ut integrum se salvumque velit,

    id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
    d.
    With an inf.-clause understood.
    (α).
    Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:

    stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:

    senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,

    Cic. Mil. 5, 12:

    neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),

    id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
    (β).
    Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:

    deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
    (γ).
    To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):

    acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
    (δ).
    To require, demand (v B. 7.):

    veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,

    Liv. 39, 37, 17;

    and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),

    Hor. A. P. 71.—
    (ε).
    To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):

    ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:

    nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,

    id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
    (ζ).
    With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
    C.
    With ut, ne, or ut ne.
    1.
    With ut.
    a.
    To wish:

    volo ut quod jubebo facias,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:

    quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,

    id. Most. 5, 1, 49:

    ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,

    id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:

    velim ut tibi amicus sit,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:

    quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,

    id. ib. 11, 11, 2:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,

    id. Sull. 1, 1:

    equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:

    his ut sit digna puella volo,

    Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
    b.
    It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):

    at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:

    volo ut mihi respondeas,

    Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;

    12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,

    Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
    c.
    To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:

    id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
    d.
    With other verbs:

    quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:

    quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;

    with opto,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;

    with laboro,

    Liv. 42, 14, 3;

    with aequum censere,

    id. 39, 19, 7.—
    2.
    With ne:

    at ne videas velim,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:

    quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:

    credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,

    intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
    3.
    With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
    D.
    With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
    1.
    To wish:

    ergo animum advortas volo,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:

    volo amet me patrem,

    id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:

    hoc volo agatis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:

    ducas volo hodie uxorem,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:

    quid vis faciam?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:

    volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?

    Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:

    Othonem vincas volo,

    id. ib. 13, 29, 2:

    eas litteras volo habeas,

    id. ib. 13, 32, 3:

    visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:

    volo, inquis, sciat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
    2.
    To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:

    volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,

    id. Brut. 84, 290.—
    3.
    With subj.-clause understood:

    abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
    E.
    With object nouns, etc.
    1.
    With acc. of a thing.
    a.
    With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:

    voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:

    animo male est: aquam velim,

    id. Am. 5, 1, 6:

    quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,

    id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,

    gratiam tuam,

    id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:

    aquam,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 34:

    discidium,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:

    mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,

    I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,

    id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):

    si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:

    pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,

    Liv. 7, 40, 18:

    ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,

    Tac. A. 6, 26:

    cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:

    mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,

    Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
    b.
    Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:

    quorum isti neutrum volunt,

    acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,

    we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:

    restat ut omnes unum velint,

    hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:

    si plura velim,

    if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:

    per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,

    that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:

    ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,

    that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:

    utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,

    which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:

    ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,

    mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:

    quis enim pudor omnia velle?

    to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
    c.
    With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:

    immo faenus: id primum volo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:

    proximum quod sit bono... id volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:

    nisi ea quae tu vis volo,

    unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:

    siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:

    hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,

    who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:

    privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 124:

    quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 5:

    pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,

    id. ib. 27, 2:

    nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,

    Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:

    hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),

    Verg. A. 2, 104:

    hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),

    Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
    d.
    With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:

    eloquere quid velis,

    id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:

    sed plane quid velit nescio,

    what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,

    to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:

    quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?

    what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,

    we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:

    capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,

    what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:

    sed tamen intellego quid velit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:

    quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:

    hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,

    Ov. H. 11, 96.—
    e.
    With rel. pron.:

    quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:

    ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,

    that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:

    illi quae volo concedere,

    to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:

    si illud quod volumus dicitur,

    what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:

    quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,

    Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:

    quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,

    id. Marcell. 1, 1:

    uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,

    to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:

    sed quod volebant non... expediebant,

    their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:

    illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,

    Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:

    bis sumpsit quod voluit,

    he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:

    cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,

    whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:

    Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,

    whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
    f.
    With indef. pronn.
    (α).
    Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:

    eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin.
    (β).
    Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:

    ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:

    nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
    (γ).
    Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:

    visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:

    numquid vis aliud?

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:

    numquid vellem rogavit,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:

    frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,

    Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
    2.
    With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
    (α).
    To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):

    Demenaetum volebam,

    I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:

    bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:

    solus te solum volo,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:

    quia non est intus quem ego volo,

    id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:

    hae oves volunt vos,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:

    quis me volt? Perii, pater est,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:

    centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):

    volo te verbis pauculis,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:

    sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:

    Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):

    hanc volo (= amo),

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:

    sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 38:

    quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:

    aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,

    Lucr. 4, 1152:

    quam volui nota fit arte mea,

    Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
    (γ).
    To wish to have:

    roga, velitne an non uxorem,

    whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),

    Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—

    With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,

    that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
    3.
    With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;

    not in Cic.): numquid me vis?

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:

    face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:

    num quidpiam me vis aliud?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:

    nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,

    id. As. 1, 1, 74:

    narrabit ultro quid sese velis,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:

    quid me voluisti?

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:

    numquid aliud me vis?

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:

    quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,

    id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:

    si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 34:

    cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):

    paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
    4.
    With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;

    rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:

    si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:

    praesidium velle se senectuti suae,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 44:

    nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,

    Tac. A. 12, 11:

    cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,

    to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
    a.
    Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):

    quid aliud tibi vis?

    what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:

    haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,

    be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
    b.
    What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
    (α).
    In 1 st pers. (rare):

    nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,

    and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:

    quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    In 2 d pers.:

    quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,

    what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:

    quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?

    id. ib. 4, 7, 34:

    quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?

    what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:

    quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?

    id. ib. 5, 6, 6:

    quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?

    id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:

    roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:

    pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?

    Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
    (γ).
    In 3 d pers.:

    quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:

    quid hic volt veterator sibi?

    id. ib. 2, 6, 26:

    proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?

    Cic. Dom. 11, 29:

    quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:

    conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),

    Liv. 3, 35, 5:

    qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,

    id. 3, 50, 15:

    quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
    (δ).
    Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:

    ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,

    id. Eun. prol. 45:

    quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:

    quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §

    186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,

    what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:

    quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?

    Liv. 40, 12, 14:

    tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?

    Ov. M. 9, 473.—
    5.
    Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:

    jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:

    ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,

    id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:

    egone illi ut non bene vellem?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:

    nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:

    quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:

    atque isti etiam parum male volo,

    id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:

    utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:

    non sibi male vult,

    he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:

    nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:

    illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,

    id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
    6.
    With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
    (α).
    With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:

    repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,

    that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:

    accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,

    id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
    (β).
    Without omnia:

    per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:

    sed et Phameae causa volebam,

    id. ib. 13, 49, 1:

    etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,

    id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:

    valde enim ejus causa volo,

    id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:

    illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 6;

    12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,

    id. ib. 7, 17, 2:

    regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1:

    credo tua causa velle Lentulum,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
    7.
    With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:

    meus vir veniat velim),

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:

    nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,

    id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:

    nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,

    id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:

    saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,

    id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
    F.
    Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:

    quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,

    I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:

    quis est cui velle non liceat?

    who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:

    in magnis et voluisse sat est,

    Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:

    tarde velle nolentis est,

    slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:

    quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,

    the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:

    sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,

    that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,

    his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,

    Mart. 5, 83, 2:

    velle suum cuique est,

    each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
    1.
    In imperative sentences.
    a.
    In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:

    nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,

    do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:

    nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,

    id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:

    noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,

    Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
    b.
    Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:

    neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),

    Ov. H. 1, 80.—
    c.
    In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;

    rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),

    Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:

    di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),

    id. P. 1, 7, 8:

    credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),

    Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
    d.
    In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:

    aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),

    Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:

    monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,

    id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:

    et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):

    legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:

    a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),

    id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:

    utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),

    id. Att. 11, 7, 7:

    cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),

    Verg. A. 11, 153:

    edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:

    non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:

    si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:

    si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),

    if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:

    si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),

    id. Fat. 14, 32:

    dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;

    so,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:

    qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:

    conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,

    if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:

    quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:

    ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;

    Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:

    ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3:

    quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:

    nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
    3.
    In declarative sentences.
    a.
    Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):

    vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:

    justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,

    id. Am. prol. 33:

    illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 8:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:

    illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,

    Liv. 1, 23, 8:

    quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:

    esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,

    Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
    b.
    With pres. inf.:

    propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:

    sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
    c.
    With perf. act. inf.:

    pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
    d.
    In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:

    eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:

    si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §

    114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),

    Liv. 9, 7, 11:

    talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),

    Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:

    utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),

    id. 4, 7, ext. 2:

    sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
    B.
    Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
    1.
    With verb in the second person.
    a.
    With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
    (α).
    As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:

    ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:

    eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,

    Cic. Att. 12, 53:

    eum salvere jubeas velim,

    id. ib. 7, 7, 7:

    velim me facias certiorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 9:

    tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 4:

    velim mihi ignoscas,

    id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:

    tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,

    id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:

    haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,

    Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:

    Musa velim memores, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
    (β).
    Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):

    vera dicas velim,

    I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:

    quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,

    Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:

    ipse velim poenas experiare meas,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;

    so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
    b.
    With infinitive clause.
    (α).
    With the force of a modest imperative:

    sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,

    Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):

    itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
    (β).
    As a mere wish:

    velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:

    primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:

    hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,

    Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    With ut (rare):

    de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
    d.
    With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
    2.
    With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
    a.
    With pres. subj.:

    ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:

    de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:

    velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,

    Liv. 23, 12, 15:

    sint haec vera velim,

    Verg. Cir. 306:

    nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,

    Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:

    tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,

    Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:

    velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
    b.
    With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):

    nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause:

    ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:

    velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;

    deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,

    id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,

    Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:

    moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:

    nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,

    Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
    3.
    With verb in the first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres. (so most freq.):

    atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:

    velim scire ecquid de te recordere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:

    quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,

    id. Att. 11, 9, 3:

    nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,

    id. Sen. 23, 83:

    sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,

    Liv. 23, 12, 7:

    interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,

    Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
    b.
    With acc. and inf.:

    quod velis, modo id velim me scire,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:

    ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,

    Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
    c.
    With subj. pres.:

    eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
    4.
    Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:

    aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:

    velim, si fieri possit,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:

    si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    si possim, velim,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:

    nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,

    Cic. Brut. 83, 287:

    si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
    5.
    The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
    a.
    Velis.
    (α).
    Imperatively = cupito:

    quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:

    atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,

    Verg. Cir. 331.—
    (β).
    Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
    (γ).
    Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
    b.
    Velit.
    (α).
    Modestly for vult:

    te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:

    ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?

    Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
    (β).
    = imperative of third person:

    arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,

    Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    Velimus.
    (α).
    In the optative sense of velim:

    sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
    (β).
    With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
    d.
    Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):

    novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,

    Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:

    rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 10, 2:

    velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,

    id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:

    velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,

    Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:

    rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,

    Liv. 31, 6, 1:

    vellent juberentne se regnare,

    id. 1, 46, 1; cf.

    in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,

    id. 26, 33, 14.—
    e.
    Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
    C.
    Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:

    de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:

    quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
    1.
    With verb in first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:

    videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:

    vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 68, 9:

    quam fieri vellem meus libellus!

    Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:

    nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:

    tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:

    maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:

    sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),

    Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
    b.
    With perf. inf., I wish I had:

    abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,

    I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:

    maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:

    quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 10:

    non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:

    ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,

    Verg. A. 11, 303. —
    c.
    With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    virum me natam vellem,

    would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
    d.
    With subj. imperf. (rare):

    quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
    2.
    The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
    a.
    With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):

    hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,

    I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:

    quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,

    I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
    b.
    With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:

    vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:

    quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,

    id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    id. Att. 10, 6, 2:

    quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,

    id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
    c.
    With ne and pluperf. subj.:

    tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
    d.
    With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
    3.
    With verb in third person.
    a.
    With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:

    vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1:

    vellem adesse posset Panaetius,

    id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:

    vellem hoc esset laborare,

    id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 7:

    vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,

    id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:

    quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!

    Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause.
    (α).
    With inf. pres., I wish he were:

    quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!

    Cic. Clu. 70, 198:

    nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,

    Ov. F. 2, 120.—
    (β).
    With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:

    quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—

    With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),

    Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
    d.
    With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
    4.
    With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:

    aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,

    Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
    5.
    In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
    a.
    Velles.
    (α).
    In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
    (β).
    Of an indefinite subject:

    velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
    b.
    Vellet.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;

    sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,

    Ov. M. 3, 247.—
    (β).
    Conditionally:

    quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?

    Ov. H. 12, 146.—
    c.
    Vellent.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem:

    quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!

    Verg. A. 6, 436.—
    (β).
    Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
    D.
    Volam and voluero.
    1.
    In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;

    si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,

    Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
    2.
    Volam in principal sentences.
    (α).
    = Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:

    et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,

    I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
    (β).
    Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
    3.
    In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:

    quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?

    otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:

    tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,

    then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    decedes cum voles,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 2:

    qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?

    those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:

    quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:

    invenies, vere si reperire voles,

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:

    quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,

    who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
    E.
    Si vis, parenthetically.
    1.
    If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):

    paulum opperirier, Si vis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:

    audi, si vis, nunc jam,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:

    dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
    2.
    If you wish, choose, insist upon it:

    hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:

    addam, si vis, animi, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 27, 89:

    concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
    F.
    Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
    1.
    3 d pers. sing.:

    quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),

    however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,

    id. Div. 1, 26, 56:

    quam volet jocetur,

    id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
    2.
    1 st pers. plur.:

    quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
    3.
    2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;

    but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,

    as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
    4.
    3 d pers. plur.:

    quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:

    quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,

    id. Cael. 28, 67;

    but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,

    as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
    G.
    Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):

    quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:

    malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,

    Liv. 3, 68, 11:

    famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?

    id. 25, 29, 6.
    H.
    With magis and maxime.
    1.
    Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
    2.
    With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):

    quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,

    wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 1, 1:

    caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,

    which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:

    tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,

    above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:

    alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,

    as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:

    si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,

    in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
    K.
    In disjunctive co - ordination.
    1.
    With sive... sive:

    tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,

    whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:

    itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,

    Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
    2.
    Without connectives.
    a.
    Vis tu... vis:

    congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?

    Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
    b.
    Velim nolim.
    (α).
    Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:

    velit nolit scire, difficile est,

    it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
    (β).
    = seu velim seu nolim:

    ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,

    whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,

    Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:

    mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:

    hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,

    id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:

    velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,

    id. Ep. 117, 4:

    praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,

    Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
    A.
    As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
    1.
    Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;

    rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),

    Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:

    nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),

    id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:

    Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,

    id. 15, 16, 3:

    scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,

    Dig. 40, 4, 61:

    si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,

    ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
    2.
    Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):

    ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,

    except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,

    Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,

    with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:

    ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,

    since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
    B.
    As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
    1.
    Attributively.
    a.
    In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:

    cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:

    virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,

    Sall. J. 14, 19.—
    b.
    Volenti animo.
    (α).
    = cupide, eagerly:

    Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,

    Sall. J. 73, 3. —
    (β).
    On purpose, intentionally:

    consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,

    Verg. A. 7, 216.—
    2.
    Predicatively.
    a.
    Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
    (α).
    Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):

    (hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,

    Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:

    quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,

    Sall. J. 76, 6:

    quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,

    Liv. 21, 39, 4:

    si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,

    id. 24, 37, 7:

    quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,

    id. 7, 40, 13:

    itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,

    id. 22, 27, 9:

    (virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,

    id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:

    volens vos Turnus adoro,

    Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;

    12, 833: date vina volentes,

    id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
    (β).
    Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:

    precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,

    Liv. 24, 21, 10:

    precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,

    id. 29, 14, 13:

    in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,

    id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:

    agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:

    omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,

    with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,

    Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
    b.
    Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:

    quod nobis volentibus facile continget,

    if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:

    is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,

    to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:

    gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,

    to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:

    me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,

    Verg. A. 8, 133:

    saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,

    administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
    c.
    In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;

    rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,

    that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:

    quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,

    id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:

    grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,

    that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:

    quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:

    si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,

    Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:

    si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,

    id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init.
    3.
    As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
    a.
    vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
    (α).
    One who wishes:

    nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,

    Liv. 22, 22, 11:

    consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,

    Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:

    quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    discere meliora volentibus promptum est,

    i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:

    nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,

    to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:

    mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,

    Suet. Tib. 61.—
    (β).
    One who intends, is about:

    juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,

    i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:

    si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,

    one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
    (γ).
    One who is willing:

    non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,

    unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:

    ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,

    those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
    (δ).
    One who consents:

    tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,

    to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:

    quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,

    peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:

    si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,

    if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:

    nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,

    ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
    (ε).
    One who does a thing voluntarily:

    pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,

    the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:

    parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),

    Ov. M. 2, 128.—
    (ζ).
    Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:

    hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,

    and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
    b.
    In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:

    Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,

    that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:

    haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,

    Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:

    iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,

    id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
    2.
    vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
    I.
    Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):

    aves,

    Lucr. 6, 742:

    accipitres,

    id. 4, 1010:

    corvi,

    id. 2, 822:

    altam supra volat ardea nubem,

    Verg. G. 1, 364:

    volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,

    id. A. 1, 300:

    columbae venere volantes,

    id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:

    apes,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:

    volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:

    sine pennis volare haud facile est,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
    2.
    P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
    II.
    Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:

    i sane... vola curriculo,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:

    per summa levis volat aequora curru,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,

    id. ib. 12, 650:

    illa (Argo) volat,

    Ov. H. 6, 66:

    currus,

    Verg. G. 3, 181:

    axis,

    id. ib. 3, 107:

    nubes,

    Lucr. 5, 254:

    fulmina,

    id. 2, 213:

    tempestates,

    id. 6, 612:

    telum,

    id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:

    litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,

    Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:

    volat aetas,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    hora,

    Sen. Hippol. 1141:

    fama,

    Verg. A. 3, 121:

    et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:

    ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,

    Val. Fl. 4, 407.
    3.
    vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):

    volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,

    Paul. Diac. p. 370:

    volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,

    Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:

    vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,

    Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo

  • 87 razón

    f.
    1 reason, cause, explanation, motive.
    2 intellect, intelligence, reason.
    3 ratio, rate.
    * * *
    1 (facultad) reason
    2 (motivo) reason, cause
    3 (mensaje) message
    4 (justicia) justice
    5 MATEMÁTICAS ratio, rate
    \
    a razón de in the ratio of, at the rate of
    asistirle a uno la razón to be in the right
    atender a razones to listen to reason
    con razón with good reason
    con razón o sin ella rightly or wrongly
    dar la razón a alguien to agree with somebody, say that somebody is right
    entrar en razón to listen to reason
    mandar razón to send a message
    no tener razón to be wrong
    perder la razón to lose one's reason
    'Razón aquí' "Enquire within", "Apply within"
    'Razón en portería' "Inquiries to caretaker"
    razón de más para... all the more reason to...
    tener razón to be right
    tener razones para hacer algo to have reason to do something
    razón de Estado reason of State
    razón de ser raison d'être
    razón social trade name
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=facultad) reason

    entrar en razón — to see sense, listen to reason

    perder la razón — to go out of one's mind

    tener uso de razón: escribo desde que tengo uso de razón — I've been writing for as long as I can remember

    apenas tenían uso de razón cuando... — they were mere babes in arms when...

    2) (=verdad)

    asistir la razón, le asiste la razón — he has right on his side

    cargarse de razón — to have right fully on one's side

    quiero cargarme de razón antes de... — I want to be sure of my case before...

    con razón o sin ella — rightly or wrongly

    dar la razón a algn — (=estar de acuerdo) to agree that sb is right; (=apoyar) to side with sb

    quitar la razón a algn — to say sb is wrong

    razón le sobrashe's only too right

    tener razón — to be right

    3) (=motivo) reason

    ¿cuál era la razón de su visita? — what was the reason for his visit?

    la razón por la que lo hizo — the reason why he did it, the reason for his doing it

    con razón — with good reason

    están hartos con toda la razón (del mundo) — they're fed up and they have good reason to be, they're fed up and rightly so

    ¡con razón! — naturally!

    razón de más, razón de más para ayudarlas — all the more reason to help them

    en razón a o de — (=debido a) owing to; (=de acuerdo con) according to

    no atender a razones, no atiende a razones — he won't listen to reason

    4) (=información)

    razón: Princesa 4 — inquiries to 4 Princesa Street, for further details apply to 4 Princesa Street

    dar razón de algo/algn — to give information about sth/sb

    nadie supo dar razón de su paraderono one knew o could tell us his whereabouts

    mandar a algn razón de que haga algo — to send word (to sb) to do sth

    5) (Mat) ratio

    a razón de, a razón de cinco a siete — in the ratio of five to seven

    6) (Com)

    razón social — trade name, firm's name

    * * *
    1) (motivo, causa) reason

    ¿por qué razón lo hiciste? — why did you do it?

    se quejan sin razón/con razón — they're complaining for no good reason/they have good reason to complain

    razón de más para... — all the more reason to...

    en razón de los últimos sucesosin view of o owing to recent events

    atender or atenerse or avenirse a razones — to listen to reason

    razón: portería — inquiries to the doorman (AmE) o (BrE) porter

    razón: 874256 — call 874256

    dar razón de algo/alguien — to give information about something/somebody

    nadie le dio razón — (fam) no one could help him

    3) (verdad, acierto)

    tener or llevar razón — to be right

    tienes toda la razón — (fam) you're absolutely right

    4)
    a) ( inteligencia) reason
    b) ( cordura) reason

    perder la razón — to go out of one's mind; ( en sentido hiperbólico) to take leave of one's senses

    5) (Mat) ratio
    * * *
    = cause, ground, motive, reason, peg.
    Nota: En sentido figurado, razón o motivo utilizado como argumento para defender una actuación concreta.
    Ex. The commandment KOLN see COLOGNE should be sufficient cause for the rejection of the illicit proposal to establish OPERA -- KOLN.
    Ex. I think there are grounds for dispute on certain terms.
    Ex. Other title information is any title borne by an item indicative of the character, contents, etc. of the item or the motives for, or occasion of, its production or publication.
    Ex. The reason for its popularity was largely that it was based upon a principle of conformity in essentials, and freedom in details.
    Ex. The concepts currently being floated by UNESCO are such as will make convenient pegs to hang pleas for resources for bibliographic and library development to national governments.
    ----
    * aducir razones = provide + reasons.
    * argumentar + Posesivo + razones = argue + Posesivo + case.
    * buscar razones que expliquen Algo = ascribe + reasons to.
    * confirmar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point, make + Posesivo + case.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.
    * con toda la razón = quite rightly.
    * darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.
    * dar una razón = give + reason.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point, prove + point, make + Posesivo + case.
    * discriminatorio por razones de edad = ageist [agist].
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * en pleno uso de + Posesivo + razón = mentally fit.
    * en razón a = in the interest(s) of, on grounds.
    * en razón a que = on the grounds that/of.
    * entrar en razón = come to + Posesivo + senses.
    * esa es la razón por la que = that is why.
    * escuchar la voz de la razón = listen to + the voice of reason.
    * ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.
    * existir razones para = there + be + ground(s) for.
    * explicar las razones de = set out + the reasons for.
    * exponer las razones = discuss + the reasons.
    * exponer las razones de = set out + the reasons for.
    * exponer una razón = give + reason.
    * hay razones para pensar que = there + be + reason to believe that.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.
    * llevar razón = be right, be in the right.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * mostrar las razones por las que = show + cause why.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * obras son amores y no buenas razones = actions speak louder than words.
    * ofrecer razones = provide + reasons.
    * perder la razón = lose + Posesivo + sanity.
    * permiso por razones familiares = family leave.
    * por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.
    * por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por esta única razón = for this reason alone.
    * por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * por razones de = for the sake of.
    * por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.
    * por razones éticas = on moral grounds.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * por razones personales = for personal reasons.
    * por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.
    * principal razón = prime cause.
    * probar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * probrar que se tiene razón = make + Posesivo + case.
    * razón convincente = compelling reason.
    * razón de ser = point, raison d'etre, rationale, sense of purpose.
    * razones del movimiento de personal = turnover behaviour.
    * razones personales = personal reasons.
    * razón fundamental = rationale.
    * razón justificada = justified reason.
    * razón práctica = practical reason.
    * ser la razón de = lie at + the root of.
    * sin razón = wanton, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * sin razón alguna = for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * sin razón aparente = for no apparent reason, for apparently no reason.
    * sin razón justificada = for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * tener razón = be correct, be right, be spot on, be in the right.
    * tener razones para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * todas las razones del mundo = every reason.
    * visita por razones de investigación = research trip, research visit.
    * y con razón = and rightfully so.
    * * *
    1) (motivo, causa) reason

    ¿por qué razón lo hiciste? — why did you do it?

    se quejan sin razón/con razón — they're complaining for no good reason/they have good reason to complain

    razón de más para... — all the more reason to...

    en razón de los últimos sucesosin view of o owing to recent events

    atender or atenerse or avenirse a razones — to listen to reason

    razón: portería — inquiries to the doorman (AmE) o (BrE) porter

    razón: 874256 — call 874256

    dar razón de algo/alguien — to give information about something/somebody

    nadie le dio razón — (fam) no one could help him

    3) (verdad, acierto)

    tener or llevar razón — to be right

    tienes toda la razón — (fam) you're absolutely right

    4)
    a) ( inteligencia) reason
    b) ( cordura) reason

    perder la razón — to go out of one's mind; ( en sentido hiperbólico) to take leave of one's senses

    5) (Mat) ratio
    * * *
    = cause, ground, motive, reason, peg.
    Nota: En sentido figurado, razón o motivo utilizado como argumento para defender una actuación concreta.

    Ex: The commandment KOLN see COLOGNE should be sufficient cause for the rejection of the illicit proposal to establish OPERA -- KOLN.

    Ex: I think there are grounds for dispute on certain terms.
    Ex: Other title information is any title borne by an item indicative of the character, contents, etc. of the item or the motives for, or occasion of, its production or publication.
    Ex: The reason for its popularity was largely that it was based upon a principle of conformity in essentials, and freedom in details.
    Ex: The concepts currently being floated by UNESCO are such as will make convenient pegs to hang pleas for resources for bibliographic and library development to national governments.
    * aducir razones = provide + reasons.
    * argumentar + Posesivo + razones = argue + Posesivo + case.
    * buscar razones que expliquen Algo = ascribe + reasons to.
    * confirmar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point, make + Posesivo + case.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.
    * con toda la razón = quite rightly.
    * darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.
    * dar una razón = give + reason.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point, prove + point, make + Posesivo + case.
    * discriminatorio por razones de edad = ageist [agist].
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * en pleno uso de + Posesivo + razón = mentally fit.
    * en razón a = in the interest(s) of, on grounds.
    * en razón a que = on the grounds that/of.
    * entrar en razón = come to + Posesivo + senses.
    * esa es la razón por la que = that is why.
    * escuchar la voz de la razón = listen to + the voice of reason.
    * ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.
    * existir razones para = there + be + ground(s) for.
    * explicar las razones de = set out + the reasons for.
    * exponer las razones = discuss + the reasons.
    * exponer las razones de = set out + the reasons for.
    * exponer una razón = give + reason.
    * hay razones para pensar que = there + be + reason to believe that.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.
    * llevar razón = be right, be in the right.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * mostrar las razones por las que = show + cause why.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * obras son amores y no buenas razones = actions speak louder than words.
    * ofrecer razones = provide + reasons.
    * perder la razón = lose + Posesivo + sanity.
    * permiso por razones familiares = family leave.
    * por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.
    * por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por esta única razón = for this reason alone.
    * por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * por razones de = for the sake of.
    * por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.
    * por razones éticas = on moral grounds.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * por razones personales = for personal reasons.
    * por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.
    * principal razón = prime cause.
    * probar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * probrar que se tiene razón = make + Posesivo + case.
    * razón convincente = compelling reason.
    * razón de ser = point, raison d'etre, rationale, sense of purpose.
    * razones del movimiento de personal = turnover behaviour.
    * razones personales = personal reasons.
    * razón fundamental = rationale.
    * razón justificada = justified reason.
    * razón práctica = practical reason.
    * ser la razón de = lie at + the root of.
    * sin razón = wanton, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * sin razón alguna = for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * sin razón aparente = for no apparent reason, for apparently no reason.
    * sin razón justificada = for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.
    * tener razón = be correct, be right, be spot on, be in the right.
    * tener razones para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * todas las razones del mundo = every reason.
    * visita por razones de investigación = research trip, research visit.
    * y con razón = and rightfully so.

    * * *
    A (motivo, causa) reason
    tuvo sus razones para actuar así he had his reasons for acting like that
    la razón por la que te lo digo the reason (that) I'm telling you
    ¿por qué razón lo hiciste? why did you do it?
    la huelga ha de ser la razón por la que or por la cual no vino it must have been the strike that prevented him from coming
    no sé la razón que lo movió a hacer una cosa así I don't know what made him do o what induced him to do a thing like that
    se enojó y con razón she got angry and rightly so o and with good reason
    con razón o sin ella el caso es que se enfadó the fact is that, rightly or wrongly, she lost her temper
    se quejan sin razón they're complaining for nothing o for no good reason
    se quejan con razón they have good reason to complain, they have cause for complaint
    ¡con razón no contestaban el teléfono! no wonder they didn't answer the phone!, that's why o that explains why they didn't answer the phone!
    por una u otra razón siempre llega tarde he always arrives late for one reason or another
    razón de más para venir a vernos all the more reason to come and see us
    no hay razón para que no te quedes there's no reason why you can't stay
    por razones de seguridad for security reasons
    en razón de because of
    nadie resulta discriminado en razón de su edad, sexo o raza nobody is discriminated against on the grounds of o because of (their) age, sex or race
    la posibilidad de que haya sido secuestrado en razón del puesto que ocupa the possibility that he might have been kidnapped because of o on account of the position he holds
    en razón de los últimos acontecimientos in view of o owing to recent events
    Compuesto:
    registered name
    B
    (información): [ S ] Se alquila. Razón: portería For rent, inquiries to the super/caretaker
    [ S ] Se vende bicicleta. Razón: este establecimiento Bicycle for sale, inquire within
    [ S ] Se dan clases de inglés. Razón: 874256 English lessons given. Call 874256
    dar razón de algo/algn to give information about sth/sb
    no pudieron or supieron darnos razón de su paradero they were unable to tell us where to find him, they were unable to give us any information as to his whereabouts
    preguntó a todo el que encontraba si la habían visto pasar, pero nadie le dio razón ( fam); he asked everyone he came across if they had seen her go by, but no one could help him
    mandar razón a algn ( ant); to send word to sb
    Compuestos:
    raison d'être ( frml)
    ese problema no tiene razón de ser there's no reason for that problem to exist
    fpl reasons of State (pl)
    C
    (verdad, acierto): la razón está de su parte he's in the right
    esta vez tú tienes la razón this time you're right
    tuve que darle la razón I had to admit she was right
    me da la razón como a los locos ( fam); he just humors me
    tener or llevar razón to be right
    tienes toda la razón del mundo you're absolutely right
    D
    actuó guiado por la razón he acted on reason
    desde que tengo uso de razón for as long as I can remember
    2 (cordura) reason
    entrar en razón to see reason o sense
    perder la razón to lose one's reason, to go out of one's mind; (en sentido hiperbólico) to take leave of one's senses
    E ( Mat) ratio
    salimos a razón de 500 pesos cada uno it came out at 500 pesos each o a head
    Compuestos:
    difference
    razón directa/inversa
    direct/inverse ratio
    ratio
    * * *

     

    razón sustantivo femenino
    1 (motivo, causa) reason;

    se enojó y con razón she got angry and rightly so;
    con razón o sin ella rightly or wrongly;
    se quejan sin razón/con razón they're complaining for no good reason/they have good reason to complain;
    ¡con razón no contestaban! no wonder they didn't answer!;
    razón de más para … all the more reason to …
    2 (verdad, acierto): tener or llevar razón to be right;

    tienes toda la razón (fam) you're absolutely right
    3 ( habilidad para razonar) reason;

    desde que tengo uso de razón for as long as I can remember;
    entrar en razón to see reason o sense;
    perder la razón to go out of one's mind;

    ( en sentido hiperbólico) to take leave of one's senses
    razón sustantivo femenino
    1 (facultad) reason: razón y sentimiento a veces coinciden, reason and emotion sometimes coincide
    2 (verdad, acierto) rightness
    dar la razón a alguien, to say that sb is right
    tiene razón, he's right
    no tienes razón, you're wrong
    3 (motivo) reason: no tienes razón alguna para enfadarte, there is no reason to get angry
    4 (argumento) argument, reason: sus razones no eran demasiado convincentes, his arguments were not that convincing
    5 Mat ratio: avanzan a razón de diez kilómetros por día, they are advancing at the rate of ten kilometres per day
    6 (en un letrero) "razón portería", "details from caretaker"
    ♦ Locuciones: asistir la razón a alguien, to have right on one's side
    entrar en razón, to see sense
    no atender a razones, to refuse to see reason
    perder la razón, to lose the power of reason o to lose one's mind
    ' razón' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acá
    - admitir
    - dar
    - desvarío
    - estado
    - hacer
    - móvil
    - ociosa
    - ocioso
    - oponer
    - oscurecer
    - plausible
    - porfiar
    - pretender
    - sentida
    - sentido
    - trastornarse
    - turbar
    - argumento
    - aspecto
    - concluyente
    - convencer
    - descubrir
    - duda
    - justificación
    - motivo
    - oculto
    - peso
    - poder
    - punto
    - rata
    - suponer
    - temer
    - triunfar
    - uso
    English:
    accept
    - bear out
    - compelling
    - concede
    - guess
    - maybe
    - occasion
    - point
    - rate
    - ratio
    - reason
    - right
    - rightly
    - sense
    - show
    - somehow
    - understandably
    - wrong
    - absolutely
    - ageist
    - all
    - be
    - cause
    - could
    - deep
    - for
    - indeed
    - mind
    - nine
    - sanity
    - so
    - very
    - why
    * * *
    razón nf
    1. [causa, motivo, argumento] reason;
    la razón de la huelga/de que estén en huelga the reason for the strike/why they are on strike;
    no entiendo la razón de su marcha I don't understand why she's leaving;
    no hay razón para enfadarse there's no reason to get angry;
    la razón por la que voy the reason (why) I'm going;
    atender a razones to listen to reason;
    con mayor razón si… all the more so if…;
    ¡con razón no quería venir! no wonder he didn't want to come!;
    y con razón and quite rightly so;
    en o [m5] por razón de [en vista de] in view of;
    [a causa de] because of;
    por razones de salud/seguridad for health/safety reasons;
    razón de más para quedarse/protestar all the more reason to stay/protest;
    tiene razones para estar enojado he has good cause o good reason to be angry;
    tenemos razones para creer que… we have reason o cause to believe that…;
    sus razones tendrá para hacer eso she must have her reasons for doing something like that
    Pol razones de Estado reasons of state;
    razón de ser raison d'être;
    su actitud no tiene razón de ser her attitude is completely unjustified
    2. [verdad]
    la razón estaba de su parte, Formal [m5] le asistía la razón he was in the right, he had right on his side;
    razón no le falta he's quite right;
    con razón o sin ella rightly or wrongly;
    dar la razón a alguien to admit that sb is right;
    llevar o [m5] tener razón to be right;
    llevas o [m5] tienes toda la razón you're quite right;
    tener razón en o [m5] al hacer algo to be right to do sth;
    no tener razón to be wrong;
    quitar la razón a alguien [demostrar su equivocación] to prove sb wrong
    3. [juicio, inteligencia] reason;
    entrar en razón to see reason;
    no hay quien le haga entrar en razón no one can make him see reason;
    perder la razón to lose one's reason o mind
    4. [información]
    se vende casa: razón aquí [en letrero] house for sale: enquire within;
    dar razón de to give an account of;
    se recompensará a quien dé razón de su paradero there is a reward for anyone giving information regarding his whereabouts
    Com razón social trade name [of company]
    5. Mat ratio;
    a razón de at a rate of;
    salimos o [m5] tocamos a razón de 300 pesos por persona it worked out at 300 pesos per person
    6. Col, Méx, Ven [recado] message;
    Diego no está, ¿quiere dejarle razón? Diego's not in, do you want to leave a message?;
    viajo mañana, ¿tiene razón para su madre? I'm leaving tomorrow, do you have any messages for your mother?;
    pídale a su padre que mande razón ask her father to send us his news
    * * *
    f
    1 reason;
    sin razón for no reason;
    razón de más all the more reason;
    con mucha razón with good reason
    2
    :
    tener razón be right;
    dar la razón a alguien admit that s.o. is right
    :
    entrar en razón see sense;
    hacer entrar a alguien en razón make s.o. see sense;
    perder la razón lose one’s mind
    4 ( causa)
    :
    de because of;
    por razones de edad on the grounds of age
    5
    :
    * * *
    razón nf, pl razones
    1) motivo: reason, motive
    en razón de: by reason of, because of
    2) justicia: rightness, justice
    tener razón: to be right
    3) : reasoning, sense
    perder la razón: to lose one's mind
    4) : ratio, proportion
    * * *
    razón n (motivo) reason

    Spanish-English dictionary > razón

  • 88 कर्ण _karṇa

    कर्ण a. Ved.
    1 Having long ears.
    -2 Furnished with chaff (as grain).
    -र्णः 1 The ear; अहो खलभुजङ्गस्य विपरीतवधक्रमः । कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते ॥ Pt.1. 35, 34 also;
    -कर्णे दा to listen;
    कर्णमागम् to come to the ear, become known; तद्गुणैः कर्णमागत्य R.1.9;
    कर्णे कृ to put round the ear; Ch. P.1; कर्णे कथयति whis- pers in the ear; cf. षट्कर्ण, चतुष्कर्ण &c. also.
    -2 The handle or ear of a vessel; उभा कर्णा हिरण्यया Rv.8.72.12.
    -3 The helm or rudder of a ship; सेना भ्रमति संख्येषु हत- कर्णेव नौर्जले Rām.6.48.26.
    -4 The hypotenuse of a triangle.
    -5 The diameter of a circle; Sūrya.
    -6 An intermediate region or quarter (उपदिग्भाग); Mb.6. 6.1.
    -7 (In prosody) A spondee.
    -8 N. of a tree (Mar. बाहवा, रुइमांदार) Rām.5.56.34.
    -2 N. of a celebrated warrior on the side of the Kauravas mentioned in the Mahābhārata. भवान् भीष्मश्च कर्णश्च Bg.1.8;11.34. [He was the son of Kuntī begotten on her by the god Sun while she was yet a virgin residing at her father's house (see Kuntī). When the child was born, Kuntī, afraid of the censure of her relatives and also of public scandal, threw the boy into the river where he was found by Adhiratha, charioteer of Dhṛitrāṣṭra, and given over to his wife Rādhā, who brought him up like her own child; whence Karṇa is often called Sūtaputra, Rādheya &c. Karṇa, when grown up, was made king of Aṇga by Duryodhana, and became by virtue of his many generous acts a type of charity. On one occasion Indra (whose care it was to favour his son Arjuna) disguised himself as a Brāhmaṇa and cajoled him out of his divine armour and ear-rings, and gave him in return a charmed javelin. With a desire to make himself proficient in the science of war, he, calling himself a Brāhmaṇa went to Parasurāma and learnt that art from him. But his secret did not long remain concealed. On one occasion when Parasurāma had fallen asleep with his head resting on Karṇa's lap, a worm (supposed by some to be the form assumed by Indra himself to defeat Karṇa's object) began to eat into his lap and made a deep rent in it; but as Karṇa showed not the least sign of pain, his real character was discovered by his preceptor who cursed him that the art he had learnt would avail him not in times of need. On another occasion he was curse by a Brāhmaṇa (whose cow he had unwittingly slain in chase) that the earth would eat up the wheel of his chariot in the hour of trial. Even with such disadvan- tages as these, he acquitted himself most valiantly in the great war between the Paṇḍavas and Kauravas, while acting as generalissimo of the Kaurava forces after Bhīṣma and Droṇa had fallen. He maintained the field against the Paṇḍavas for three days, but on the last day he was slain by Arjuna while the wheel of his chariot had sunk down into the earth. Karṇa was the most intimate friend of Duryodhana, and with Śakuni joined him in all the various schemes and plots that were devised from time to time for the destruction of the Paṇ&dvas.]
    -Comp. -अञ्चलः (लम्) Ear-lobe; (Mātaṅga L.5.12.)
    -अञ्जलिः 1 The auditory passage of the outer ear.
    -2 The ears pricked up; आपीय कर्णाञ्जलिभिर्भवापहाम् Bhāg.3.13.5.
    -अनुजः Yudhiṣṭhira.
    -अन्तिक a. close to the ear; स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23.
    -अन्दुः, -न्दू f. an ornament for the ear, ear-ring.
    -अर्पणम् giving ear, listening.
    -आरा (= -वेधनी). -आस्फालः the flapping of the elephant's ears.
    -इन्दुः f. a semicircular ear-ring.
    -उत्तंसः an ear-ornament or merely an ornament (according to some authorities). (Mammaṭa says that here कर्ण means कर्णंस्थितत्व; cf. also his remark ad hoc:- कर्णावतंसादिपदे कर्णादिध्वनिनिर्मितः । सन्निधानार्थबोधार्थं स्थितेष्वेत- त्समर्थनम् ॥ K. P.7).
    -उपकर्णिका rumour; (lit. 'from ear to ear'). प्रागेव कर्णोपकर्णिकया श्रुतापवादक्षुभितहृदयः Pt.
    -ऊर्णः a kind of deer; कर्णोर्णैकपदं चास्मै निर्जुष्टं वृकनाभिभिः Bhāg.
    -कषायः Dirt in the ears; आपीयतां कर्णकषायशोषाननुक्रमिष्ये न इमान्सुपेशान् Bhāg.2.6.46.
    -कीटा, -टी 1 a worm with many feet and of a reddish colour,
    -2 a small centipede.
    -कुमारी N. of Bhavānī.
    -कूटः The tower at the corner of the roof; Māna.19.54-55.
    -क्ष्वेडः (in Medic.) a constant noise in the ear.
    -गूथम् ear- wax.
    (-थः) -गूथकः hardening of the wax of the ear.
    -गोचर a. audible.
    -ग्राहः a helmsman.
    -चूलिका f. An ear-ring; उत्कृत्तकर्णचूलिकेन मुखेन...... Svapna.2.
    -जप a. (also कर्णेजप) a secret traducer, talebearer, informer. कर्णेजपः सूचकः Mbh. on P.III.2.13.
    -जपः, -जापः slandering, tale-bearing, calumniating.
    -जलूका a small centipede. (also
    -जलौकस्, -जलौका)
    -जाहम् the root of the ear; cf. तस्य पाकमूले पील्वादिकर्णादिभ्यः कुणब्जाह चौ Pān. V.2.24. अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः Māl.5.8.
    -जित् m. 'conqueror of Karṇa', epithet of Arjuna, the third Pāṇḍava prince.
    -ज्वरः pain to the ear; U.5.6.
    -तालः the flapping of the elephant's ears, the noise made by it; विस्तारितः कुञ्जरकर्ण- तालैः R.7.39,9.71; Śi.17.37.
    -दर्पणः an ear-ring.
    -दुन्दुभिः = कर्णकीटा.
    -धारः a helmsman, a pilot; अकर्णधारा जलधौ विप्लवेतेह नौरिव H.3.2; अविनयनदीकर्णधार- कर्ण Ve.4.
    -धारिणी a female elephant.
    -पत्रकः The lobe of the ear; Y.3.96.
    -पथः the range of hearing.
    -परम्परा from ear to ear, hearsay; इति कर्णपरंपरया श्रुतम् Ratn.1.
    -पर्वन् n. the eighth (i. e. Karṇa) section of the Mahābhārata.
    -पाकः inflammation of the outer ear.
    -पालिः, -ली f.
    1 the lobe of the ear.
    -2 the outer edge of the ear. (
    -ली) an ornament of the ear.
    -पाशः a beautiful ear; U.6.27.
    -पिशाची f. a type of goddess.
    -पुटम् the auditory passage of the ear.
    -पूरः 1 an ornament (of flowers &c.) worn round the ear, an ear-ring; इदं च करतलं किमिति कर्णपूरतामारोपितम् K.6. प्रचुरसमरशोभासुभ्रुवः कर्णपूरः Śiva. B.3.46.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Śirīṣa tree.
    -4 the blue lotus.
    -पूरकः 1 an ear-ring.
    -2 the Kadamba tree.
    -3 the Aṣoka tree.
    -4 the blue lotus.
    -प्रणादः, -प्रतिनाहः a disease of the ear.
    -प्रान्तः the lobe of the ear.
    -फलः a kind of fish.
    -भूषणम्, -भूषा an ear-ornament.
    -मुकुरः an ear-ornament.
    -मूलम् the root of the ear; तं कर्णमूलमागत्य रामे श्रीर्न्यस्यतामिति R.12.2.
    -मोटी a form of Durgā.
    -योनि a. having the ear as a source. तस्य साध्वीरिषवो याभिरस्यति नृचक्षसो दृशये कर्णयोनयः Rv.2.24.8.
    -लता, -लतिका the lobe of the ear; मन्ये$मुना कर्णलतामयेन N.7.64.
    -वंशः a raised platform or dais of bamboo.
    -वर्जित a. earless. (
    -तः) a snake.
    -विवरम्, -छिद्रम्, -पुरम्, -रन्ध्रम् the auditory passage of the ear.
    -विष् f. ear-wax; Ms.5.135.
    -विषम् 'poisoning the ear', slandering, backbiting.
    -वेधः piercing the ears to put ear-rings on; a religi- ous ceremony (संस्कार).
    -वेधनी, -वेधनिका an instrument for piercing the ear.
    -वेष्टः, -वेष्टनम् an ear-ring; सुकृतौ कर्णवेष्टौ च Rām.5.15.42.
    -शष्कुली the outer part of the ear (leading to the auditory passage); AV.9.8.1. अवलम्बितकर्णशष्कुलीकलसीकं रचयन्नवोचत N.2.8.
    -शूलः, -लम् ear-ache.
    -श्रव a. audible, loud; कर्णश्रवे$- निले Ms.4.12.
    -श्रावः, -संश्रवः 'running of the ear', discharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear.
    -सूः f. Kuntī, mother of Karṇa.
    -स्रोतस् n. excretion of the ear (कर्णमल) कर्णस्रोतोभवं चापि मधुं नाम महासुरम् Mb.6. 67.14.
    -हर्म्यम् a tower, a side-tower.
    -हीन a. earless. (
    -नः) a snake.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कर्ण _karṇa

  • 89 שאל

    שָׁאַל(b. h.) 1) to ask, beg; to inquire, question. Yoma 75a bot. בשר ששָׁאֲלוּ שלאוכ׳ flesh for which they asked unreasonably was given them at an unreasonable time (in the evening) Taan.4a, v. הוֹגָן. Ber.V, 2 (33a) ושוֹאֲלִין (את) הגשמיםוכ׳ (Bab. ed. ושְׁאֵלָה, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) and the prayer for rain is inserted in the Benediction of Years (the ninth section of the Prayer of Benedictions, v. שָׁנָה). Taan.I, 1 אף אני לא אמרתי לִשְׁאוֹל אלא להזכיר I also did not say, ‘to ask for rain, but to mention rain. Ib. 2. Y.Ber.V, 9b bot. שוֹאֵל צרכיו, v. צוֹרֶךְ. B. Bath.IX, 1 יִשְׁאֲלוּוכ׳, v. פֶּתַח. Ab. IV, 18 ואל תִּשְׁאַל לו בשעת נדרו ask not thy neighbor (as to circumstances which may change the aspects of his vow) at the moment of his vow, v. infra Nif. Ib. V, 7 שואל כענין ומשיבוכ׳ he (the wise student) asks pertinent questions, and (when asked) replies in agreement with the adopted law. Bekh.36a עמד השואל וש׳ יכ׳ the questioner (at college) arose and asked Ned.20a שָׁאֲלוּ אתוכ׳ they asked Imma Shalom Nidd.68b בראשון לא שָׁאַלְתִּי … שלא שאלתי as to the first day I did not ask, and I made a mistake in not asking. Gen. R. s. 68 מטרונה שָׁאֶלָהוכ׳ a Roman matron asked R. José ; a. v. fr.Yoma 73a כיצד שוֹאֲלִין השואל פניו כלפי נִשְׁאָל הנשאלוכ׳ how were the Urim and Tummim consulted? The inquirer had his face directed to him (the priest) who was consulted, and the latter directed himself to the Divine Presence (the Urim and Tummim). Ib. אין שואלין שניוכ׳ you must not ask two questions at a time; a. fr.ש׳ בשלום (or sub. בשלום) to salute. M. Kat. 21b הוא שואל בשלום אחרים … אחרים אין שואלין בשלומווכ׳ he (the mourner during the first thirty days) may inquire after the peace of others, for they dwell in peace, but others must not inquire after his peace, for he does not dwell in peace. Ib. משיב ואינו שואל, v. שוּב; a. fr. 2) (cmp. דָּרַש) to discuss, lecture. Tosef.Meg.IV (III), 5 שואלין הילכותוכ׳ the laws of Passover are expounded on Passover, v. עִנְיָן; Meg.29b שואלין בהלכותוכ׳; Y.Pes.I, 27b bot.; Bab. ib. 6a שואלין בהלכותוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שואלין ודורשין, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); Snh.12b; a. fr. 3) (cmp. בְּעֵי I) to beg to remark, to submit. Y.Shek.I, beg.45d ר׳ חזקיה ש׳ מעתהוכ׳ R. H. remarked, according to this Ib. 46b. Y.Snh.IX, 27a bot.; a. fr. 4) to ask for a loan, to borrow. Sabb.XXIII, 1 שואל אדם מחבירווכ׳ a man may borrow of his neighbor vessels of wine or oil (on the Sabbath), but must not say הַלְוֵינִי (v. infra Hif.); a. fr.Esp. to borrow an object for use (with ref. to Ex. 22:13 sq.). B. Mets. 103a שואל אדם בטובו לעולם if a person borrows an object (saying, ‘lend it to me) for its usefulness, it is a standing loan (he is permitted to take it whenever he desires to use it). Ib. VIII, 1 השואל את הפרה וש׳ בעליה עמה if a person borrows a cow for work, borrowing her owner with her (the owner lending his personal service). Ib. 95b שָׁאֲלָהּ ואחר כך ש׳וכ׳ if he borrowed the cow only, and after a while borrowed her owner; a. fr.שוֹאֵל the borrower of an object. Ib. a חיובא דש׳ the responsibility of the borrower. Ib. 96b top ש׳ הוי או שוכר הוי is he legally considered a borrower or a hirer? Ib. III, 2 והש׳ ישלםוכ׳ and the borrower must indemnify the hirer; a. fr.Sabb.96b אורגי … לשוֹאֲלֵיהֶן (Ar. לשווליהן, v. שְׁוַולְיָא) the curtain weavers were wont to throw the clue over to such as would borrow it from them.Part. pass. שָׁאוּל; f. שְׁאוּלָה Taan.23b טלית ש׳ היתהוכ׳ it was a cloak that had been lent to me, I had borrowed it for such a purpose (for ordinary wear), but not for that purpose (to wear it when carrying a load). Ib. IV, 8 שבהן … בכלי לבן שְׁאוּלִיןוכ׳ on those days the maidens of Zion went out (to the vineyards) in white garments borrowed for the purpose, in order not to put to shame those who had none; a. fr.(Gen. R. s. 65 לא שאול … ולא שאולה, v. next w.Ib. s. 19 שאולת חומץ, read: שוֹאֶלֶת, a woman asking for some vinegar. Hif. הִשְׁאִיל 1) to cause inquiry, to inquire. Ber.6b כל הרגיל …הקב״ה מַשְׁאִיל בו if one who comes regularly to synagogue fails to come one day, the Lord holds inquiry about him. Yeb.76b עד שאתה משאיל עליו … שְׁאַלוכ׳ instead of inquiring about him whether or not he is fit for government, ask whether Ib. (in Chald. dict.) אאבוה קא משאיל he (Saul) asked (Abner) to inquire who his (Davids) father was. B. Bath. 123a היתה יושבת … ומַשְׁאֶלֶתוכ׳ she sat at the cross-roads and made inquiries; a. e. 2) to lend. Sabb.148a (ref. to Mish. ib. XIII, 1, v. supra) מאי שנא הַשְׁאִילֵינִי ומאי שנא הלויני what is the difference, whether you say hashileni (lend me) or halveni (loan me)? השאיליני לא אתי למיכתבוכ׳ when you say ‘lend me, no document is expected to be written for it Ned.IV, 6 חמודר … לא יַשְׁאִילֶנּוּ ולא יִשְׁאַל ממנו he who by his neighbors vow is forbidden any benefit at his hand, must neither lend him nor borrow from him B. Mets. 116a דברים העשויין להַשְׁאִילוכ׳ things which are frequently lent out or hired out; a. fr.מַשְׁאִיל the lender, owner of the lent object. Ib. 96a; a. fr.(Pesik. Vayhi, p. 63a> שאילו השאיל, v. שָׁחַל II. Nif. נִשְׁאַל 1) to be asked, consulted. Yoma 73a בגדים … נ׳ בהן when the war chaplain is consulted, he wears the garments which the high priest wears when he officiates, v. supra. Ib. 85a נִשְׁאֲלָה שאלהוכ׳ the following question was asked in their presence; Kidd.40b. Ned.81a דבר זה נ׳ לחכמיםוכ׳ this problem was placed before the scholars and the prophets, and they could not solve it ; a. fr. 2) נ׳ על to allow ones self to be asked about the circumstances of a case, to appear before a scholar for a decision on a ritual case. Y.Ter.VIII, 46a bot. שדעתו להִישָּׁאֵל עליה a case (of Trumah) which he had intended to have a scholar decide. Ib. הריני מניחה על מנת שאֶישָּׁאֵל עליה I put it (the doubtful Trumah) aside with the intention of having it decided Toh. III, 6 שאין בו דעת להִשָּׁאֵל (a child) whose mind is not sufficiently developed to be questioned. Ib. V, 5 אם נִשְׁאֲלוּ זהוכ׳ if they come for a decision, each of them separately; a. fr.Esp. נ׳ (על נדרו) to come before a scholar for absolution from a vow. Ned.90a קונם … ולמי שאֶשָּׁאֵל עליו if one vows, I will not be benefited by N. N., nor by any scholar to whom I may apply for absolution from this vow; נ׳ על הראשוןוכ׳ he must first apply for absolution from the first part of the vow, and then from the second. Ib. נ׳ על נדרו … נזרו he must first apply for absolution from his vow of abstinence, and then from his nazaritic vow. Ib. 69a נִשְׁאָלִין על ההקםוכ׳ you may apply for absolution in order to revoke your confirmation (of your daughters vow), but you cannot do so in order to revoke your invalidation; a. fr. 3) to be borrowed, to do gratuitous service. B. Mets.96a שותפין ששאלו ונ׳ לאחד מהן if partners borrow an animal for work, and its owner lends his services to one of them individually. Ib. האומר לשלוחו צא והִשָּׁאֵל ליוכ׳ (not והשאיל) if a person says to his deputy, go out and do work in my behalf together with my cow (lent to my neighbor). Ib. האומר לעבדו צא והשאל עםוכ׳ if he says to his slave, go out and do work ; a. e.

    Jewish literature > שאל

  • 90 שָׁאַל

    שָׁאַל(b. h.) 1) to ask, beg; to inquire, question. Yoma 75a bot. בשר ששָׁאֲלוּ שלאוכ׳ flesh for which they asked unreasonably was given them at an unreasonable time (in the evening) Taan.4a, v. הוֹגָן. Ber.V, 2 (33a) ושוֹאֲלִין (את) הגשמיםוכ׳ (Bab. ed. ושְׁאֵלָה, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l.) and the prayer for rain is inserted in the Benediction of Years (the ninth section of the Prayer of Benedictions, v. שָׁנָה). Taan.I, 1 אף אני לא אמרתי לִשְׁאוֹל אלא להזכיר I also did not say, ‘to ask for rain, but to mention rain. Ib. 2. Y.Ber.V, 9b bot. שוֹאֵל צרכיו, v. צוֹרֶךְ. B. Bath.IX, 1 יִשְׁאֲלוּוכ׳, v. פֶּתַח. Ab. IV, 18 ואל תִּשְׁאַל לו בשעת נדרו ask not thy neighbor (as to circumstances which may change the aspects of his vow) at the moment of his vow, v. infra Nif. Ib. V, 7 שואל כענין ומשיבוכ׳ he (the wise student) asks pertinent questions, and (when asked) replies in agreement with the adopted law. Bekh.36a עמד השואל וש׳ יכ׳ the questioner (at college) arose and asked Ned.20a שָׁאֲלוּ אתוכ׳ they asked Imma Shalom Nidd.68b בראשון לא שָׁאַלְתִּי … שלא שאלתי as to the first day I did not ask, and I made a mistake in not asking. Gen. R. s. 68 מטרונה שָׁאֶלָהוכ׳ a Roman matron asked R. José ; a. v. fr.Yoma 73a כיצד שוֹאֲלִין השואל פניו כלפי נִשְׁאָל הנשאלוכ׳ how were the Urim and Tummim consulted? The inquirer had his face directed to him (the priest) who was consulted, and the latter directed himself to the Divine Presence (the Urim and Tummim). Ib. אין שואלין שניוכ׳ you must not ask two questions at a time; a. fr.ש׳ בשלום (or sub. בשלום) to salute. M. Kat. 21b הוא שואל בשלום אחרים … אחרים אין שואלין בשלומווכ׳ he (the mourner during the first thirty days) may inquire after the peace of others, for they dwell in peace, but others must not inquire after his peace, for he does not dwell in peace. Ib. משיב ואינו שואל, v. שוּב; a. fr. 2) (cmp. דָּרַש) to discuss, lecture. Tosef.Meg.IV (III), 5 שואלין הילכותוכ׳ the laws of Passover are expounded on Passover, v. עִנְיָן; Meg.29b שואלין בהלכותוכ׳; Y.Pes.I, 27b bot.; Bab. ib. 6a שואלין בהלכותוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שואלין ודורשין, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); Snh.12b; a. fr. 3) (cmp. בְּעֵי I) to beg to remark, to submit. Y.Shek.I, beg.45d ר׳ חזקיה ש׳ מעתהוכ׳ R. H. remarked, according to this Ib. 46b. Y.Snh.IX, 27a bot.; a. fr. 4) to ask for a loan, to borrow. Sabb.XXIII, 1 שואל אדם מחבירווכ׳ a man may borrow of his neighbor vessels of wine or oil (on the Sabbath), but must not say הַלְוֵינִי (v. infra Hif.); a. fr.Esp. to borrow an object for use (with ref. to Ex. 22:13 sq.). B. Mets. 103a שואל אדם בטובו לעולם if a person borrows an object (saying, ‘lend it to me) for its usefulness, it is a standing loan (he is permitted to take it whenever he desires to use it). Ib. VIII, 1 השואל את הפרה וש׳ בעליה עמה if a person borrows a cow for work, borrowing her owner with her (the owner lending his personal service). Ib. 95b שָׁאֲלָהּ ואחר כך ש׳וכ׳ if he borrowed the cow only, and after a while borrowed her owner; a. fr.שוֹאֵל the borrower of an object. Ib. a חיובא דש׳ the responsibility of the borrower. Ib. 96b top ש׳ הוי או שוכר הוי is he legally considered a borrower or a hirer? Ib. III, 2 והש׳ ישלםוכ׳ and the borrower must indemnify the hirer; a. fr.Sabb.96b אורגי … לשוֹאֲלֵיהֶן (Ar. לשווליהן, v. שְׁוַולְיָא) the curtain weavers were wont to throw the clue over to such as would borrow it from them.Part. pass. שָׁאוּל; f. שְׁאוּלָה Taan.23b טלית ש׳ היתהוכ׳ it was a cloak that had been lent to me, I had borrowed it for such a purpose (for ordinary wear), but not for that purpose (to wear it when carrying a load). Ib. IV, 8 שבהן … בכלי לבן שְׁאוּלִיןוכ׳ on those days the maidens of Zion went out (to the vineyards) in white garments borrowed for the purpose, in order not to put to shame those who had none; a. fr.(Gen. R. s. 65 לא שאול … ולא שאולה, v. next w.Ib. s. 19 שאולת חומץ, read: שוֹאֶלֶת, a woman asking for some vinegar. Hif. הִשְׁאִיל 1) to cause inquiry, to inquire. Ber.6b כל הרגיל …הקב״ה מַשְׁאִיל בו if one who comes regularly to synagogue fails to come one day, the Lord holds inquiry about him. Yeb.76b עד שאתה משאיל עליו … שְׁאַלוכ׳ instead of inquiring about him whether or not he is fit for government, ask whether Ib. (in Chald. dict.) אאבוה קא משאיל he (Saul) asked (Abner) to inquire who his (Davids) father was. B. Bath. 123a היתה יושבת … ומַשְׁאֶלֶתוכ׳ she sat at the cross-roads and made inquiries; a. e. 2) to lend. Sabb.148a (ref. to Mish. ib. XIII, 1, v. supra) מאי שנא הַשְׁאִילֵינִי ומאי שנא הלויני what is the difference, whether you say hashileni (lend me) or halveni (loan me)? השאיליני לא אתי למיכתבוכ׳ when you say ‘lend me, no document is expected to be written for it Ned.IV, 6 חמודר … לא יַשְׁאִילֶנּוּ ולא יִשְׁאַל ממנו he who by his neighbors vow is forbidden any benefit at his hand, must neither lend him nor borrow from him B. Mets. 116a דברים העשויין להַשְׁאִילוכ׳ things which are frequently lent out or hired out; a. fr.מַשְׁאִיל the lender, owner of the lent object. Ib. 96a; a. fr.(Pesik. Vayhi, p. 63a> שאילו השאיל, v. שָׁחַל II. Nif. נִשְׁאַל 1) to be asked, consulted. Yoma 73a בגדים … נ׳ בהן when the war chaplain is consulted, he wears the garments which the high priest wears when he officiates, v. supra. Ib. 85a נִשְׁאֲלָה שאלהוכ׳ the following question was asked in their presence; Kidd.40b. Ned.81a דבר זה נ׳ לחכמיםוכ׳ this problem was placed before the scholars and the prophets, and they could not solve it ; a. fr. 2) נ׳ על to allow ones self to be asked about the circumstances of a case, to appear before a scholar for a decision on a ritual case. Y.Ter.VIII, 46a bot. שדעתו להִישָּׁאֵל עליה a case (of Trumah) which he had intended to have a scholar decide. Ib. הריני מניחה על מנת שאֶישָּׁאֵל עליה I put it (the doubtful Trumah) aside with the intention of having it decided Toh. III, 6 שאין בו דעת להִשָּׁאֵל (a child) whose mind is not sufficiently developed to be questioned. Ib. V, 5 אם נִשְׁאֲלוּ זהוכ׳ if they come for a decision, each of them separately; a. fr.Esp. נ׳ (על נדרו) to come before a scholar for absolution from a vow. Ned.90a קונם … ולמי שאֶשָּׁאֵל עליו if one vows, I will not be benefited by N. N., nor by any scholar to whom I may apply for absolution from this vow; נ׳ על הראשוןוכ׳ he must first apply for absolution from the first part of the vow, and then from the second. Ib. נ׳ על נדרו … נזרו he must first apply for absolution from his vow of abstinence, and then from his nazaritic vow. Ib. 69a נִשְׁאָלִין על ההקםוכ׳ you may apply for absolution in order to revoke your confirmation (of your daughters vow), but you cannot do so in order to revoke your invalidation; a. fr. 3) to be borrowed, to do gratuitous service. B. Mets.96a שותפין ששאלו ונ׳ לאחד מהן if partners borrow an animal for work, and its owner lends his services to one of them individually. Ib. האומר לשלוחו צא והִשָּׁאֵל ליוכ׳ (not והשאיל) if a person says to his deputy, go out and do work in my behalf together with my cow (lent to my neighbor). Ib. האומר לעבדו צא והשאל עםוכ׳ if he says to his slave, go out and do work ; a. e.

    Jewish literature > שָׁאַל

  • 91 myśl

    f 1. (proces myślenia) thought
    - bieg a. tok a. nurt myśli train of thought
    - myśli mi się plączą a. mącą I’m getting confused
    - policz to w myśli work it out a. calculate it in your mind
    - ogarnąć coś myślą to grasp sth (mentally)
    - problemy filozoficzne całkowicie zaprzątają jego myśl he is completely preoccupied with philosophical problems
    - ani a. nawet mi to przez myśl nie przeszło it never even crossed my mind
    - być zatopionym a. pogrążonym w myślach to be deep in thought
    - myślami byłem z rodziną my thoughts were with my family
    - siedział na lekcji, ale był nieobecny myślami he sat in class, but his thoughts were elsewhere
    - mówić/odpowiadać, co komuś na myśl przyjdzie to say the first thing/reply with the first thing that comes to one’s mind
    - nie mógł oderwać od niej myśli he couldn’t stop thinking about her
    - zebrać a. pozbierać a. skupić a. opanować myśli to gather one’s thoughts
    - mieć myśli zajęte kimś/czymś to be preoccupied with sb/sth
    - gonitwa myśli racing thoughts
    - na myśl o kim/o czym at the thought of sb/sth
    - przywodzić coś komuś na myśl książk. to make sb think of sth, to put sb in mind of sth
    - rozmowa z tobą przywodzi mi na myśl mojego ojca talking to you makes me think a. puts me in mind of my father
    - to zdjęcie przywodzi mi na myśl wakacje w Grecji this photo reminds me of my holidays in Greece
    - mieć kogoś/coś na myśli to mean sb/sth
    - wcale tego nie miałem na myśli I didn’t mean that at all
    - żyć myślą o kimś/o czymś książk. to live for the thought of sb/sth
    - żyła myślą o ukochanym the thought of her beloved kept her going
    - więźniowie żyli myślą o ucieczce the prisoners lived to escape
    - uciekać a. uciec myślą od czegoś książk. (to try) to put sth out of one’s mind, (to try) to forget sth
    - chciała uciec myślą od codziennych trosk she wanted to forget her everyday concerns
    - zwrócić się myślą a. myślami ku czemuś/komuś to turn one’s thoughts to sth/sb
    - swoboda a. wolność myśli książk. freedom of thought
    - rozwój myśli technicznej w ostatnich latach the development of technical thought in recent years
    2. (wynik rozumowania) thought, idea
    - zawiłe myśli filozoficzne complicated philosophical thoughts
    - wypowiadać a. wyrażać myśl to express a thought
    - wymiana myśli an exchange of ideas
    - czytać w czyichś myślach to read sb’s thoughts
    - podzielić się z kimś myślami to share one’s thoughts with sb
    - być z kimś jednej myśli to be of the same mind a. opinion as sb
    - dręczyła go myśl, że nie podoła tej pracy he was racked by the thought of not being able to cope with the job
    - snuły mu się po głowie leniwe myśli o wakacjach he was thinking lazily about the holidays
    - odpędzać natrętne myśli to try to get rid of persistent thoughts
    - być złej myśl to be pessimistic
    - przebiegła mi przez głowę myśl a thought flashed through my mind
    - nurtowała mnie myśl o wyjeździe I kept turning over in my mind the idea of leaving
    - błysnęła mi w głowie myśl, że… it flashed through my mind that…
    - muszę wybić sobie z głowy myśli o kupnie nowej sukienki I have to forget the idea of buying a new dress
    - uczepić się jakiejś myśli to cling to a thought a. an idea
    - opanowała a. opętała go myśl o wyjeździe za granicę he’s obsessed with the idea of going abroad
    - nie móc się pogodzić z myślą o czymś/że… to not be able to come to terms a. grips with the idea of sth/that…
    - oswoić się z myślą, że… to come to terms with the thought that…
    - pożegnać się z myślą o czymś przen. to kiss goodbye to the idea of sth
    - uderzyła mnie myśl, że… it struck me that a. I was struck by the thought that…
    3. (pogląd) thought
    - myśl filozoficzna/religijna philosophical/religious thought
    4. (pomysł) idea
    - to jest myśl! that’s a thought
    - bić a. łamać się z myślami to be unable to make up one’s mind
    - podsunąć a. poddać a. rzucić myśl to suggest sth
    - kolega podsunął mi myśl o kandydowaniu na posła a friend of mine suggested that I stand for MP
    - porzucić myśl o czymś to give up the idea of sth
    - zaświtała mi w głowie myśl, że… it occured to me that…
    - strzeliła mi do głowy myśl I had a sudden idea
    - nosił się z myślą o zakupie samochodu he was thinking about buying a car
    5. książk. (intencja) intention, intent
    - moją myślą było, by ten ośrodek służył wszystkim potrzebującym my idea was that the centre should serve everyone in need
    - myśl o budowie nowego szpitala the idea of building a new hospital
    - wszystko idzie po mojej myśli everything is going as I intended
    - w myśl czegoś in accordance with sth, according to sth
    - □ myśl przewodnia książk. keynote
    - czarne myśli gloomy thoughts książk.
    - złota myśl książk. words of wisdom
    * * *
    -i; -i; gen pl; -i; f

    mieć kogoś/coś na myśli — to have sb/sth in mind

    w myśl tej zasady... — according to this principle...

    * * *
    f.
    1. thought, idea.
    2. (= myślenie) thinking; to mi nawet przez myśl nie przeszło it never occurred to me; coś/ktoś komuś przywodzi na myśl kogoś/coś sth/sb reminds sb of l. about sb/sth; bądź dobrej myśli hope for the best, think positive; kogo/co masz na myśli? who(m)/what do you mean?; na myśl o tym robi mi się niedobrze the very thought l. idea of it makes me sick; często wracam myślą do tamtych dni I often recall those days; błądzić gdzieś myślami be far away, fantasize about sth; być pochłoniętym (jakąś) myślą l. (jakimiś) myślami be absorbed in thought.
    3. (= umysł) mind; przyszło mi na myśl, że... it came to me that..., it came to my mind that..., it occurred to me that..., it crossed my mind that...; nie mogę się pogodzić z myślą, że... I cannot reconcile myself with the thought of...
    4. (= pojęcie, sąd) opinion, view; czarne myśli gloomy thoughts; wymiana myśli exchange of ideas l. views; czytać komuś w myślach read sb's mind; muszę zebrać myśli I need to concentrate; złota myśl aphorism; w myśl tej zasady according to this principle.
    5. (= idea) idea, concept; błysnęła mi myśl, że... it crossed my mind that...; podzieliła się z nami swoimi myślami na temat... she shared with us her ideas l. thoughts concerning l. on...; myśl przewodnia main l. central idea; iść za czyjąś myślą share sb's opinion; genialna myśl brilliant idea; bić się z myślami be of l. in two minds about sth; wszystko idzie po mojej myśli everything is going just as I planned; nosić się z myślą kupna domu consider l. contemplate buying a house; podsunął mi świetną myśl he gave me a great idea; robimy wszystko z myślą o ludziach potrzebujących pomocy we do everything to help the needy.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > myśl

  • 92 कचः _kacḥ

    कचः [कच्यन्ते बध्यन्ते इति कचः, कच्-अच्]
    1 Hair (especially of the head); कचेषु च निगृह्यैतान् Mb.; see ˚ग्रह below; अलिनीजिष्णुः कचानां चयः Bh.1.5.
    -2 A dry or healed sore, scar.
    -3 A binding, band.
    -4 The hem of a garment.
    -5 A cloud.
    -6 N. of a son of Brihaspati. [In their long warfare with the demons, the gods were often times defeated, and rendered quite helpless. But such of the demons as would be slain in battle were restored to life by Śukrāchārya, their preceptor, by means of a mystic charm which he alone possessed. The gods resolved to secure, if possible, this charm for themselves, and induced Kacha to go to Śukrāchārya and learn it from him by becoming his disciple. So Kacha went to the preceptor, but the demons killed Kacha twice lest he should succeed in mastering the lore; but on both occasions he was restored to life by the sage at the intercession of Devayānī, his daughter, who had fallen in love with the youth. Thus discomfited the Asuras killed him a third time, burnt his body, and mixed his ashes with Śukra's wine; but Devayānī again begged her father to restore to life the youth. Not being able to resist his daughter's importunities, Śukra once more performed the charm, and, to his surprise, heard the voice of Kacha issuing from his own belly. To save his own life the sage taught him the much- coveted charm, and, on the belly of Śukra being ripped open, Kacha performed the charm and restored his master to life. Devayānī thence forward began to make stronger advances of love to him, but he steadily resisted her proposals, telling her that she was to him as a younger sister. She thereupon cursed him that the great charm he had learnt would be powerless; he, in return, cursed her that she should be sought by no Brāhmaṇa, but would become a Kṣatriya's wife.]
    -चा 1 A female elephant; करिण्यां तु कचा स्त्रियाम् । मेदिनी.
    -2 Beauty, splendour.
    -Comp. -अग्रम् curls, end of hair.
    -आचित a. having dishevelled hair; कचाचितौ विष्वगिवागजौ गजौ Ki.1.36.
    -आमोदः a. fragrant ointment of the hair (वाळा).
    -ग्रहः seizing the hair, seizing (one) by the hair; Mb.5.155.5; R.1.47, पलायनच्छलान्यञ्जसेति रुरुधुः कचग्रहैः R.19.31.
    -पः 1 'cloud drinker', grass.
    -2 a leaf. (
    -पम्) a vessel for vegetables.
    -पक्षः, -पाशः, -हस्तः thick or orna- mented hair; (according to Ak. these three words denote a collection; पाशः, पक्षश्च हस्तश्च कलापार्थाः कचात्परे).
    -मालः smoke.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कचः _kacḥ

  • 93 शक्ति


    ṡaktí
    ṡákti

    f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability ( ṡaktyā orᅠ ātma-ṡ- orᅠ sva-ṡ-, « according to ability» ;

    paraṉṡaktyā, « with all one's might» ;
    vitta-ṡaktyā, « according to the capability of one's property» ;
    ṡaktima-hāpayitvā, « not relaxing one's efforts, exerting all one's strength»), faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (gen. loc. dat., orᅠ inf.) RV. etc. etc.;
    effectiveness orᅠ efficacy (of a remedy) ṠārṇgS. ;
    regal power (consisting of three parts, prabhutva, personal pre-eminence;
    mantra, good counsel, andᅠ utsāha, energy) Kām. (cf. Ragh. III, 13);
    the energy orᅠ active power of a deity personified as his wife andᅠ worshipped by the Ṡākta (q.v.) sect of Hindūs under various names
    (sometimes only three, sometimes eight Ṡakti goddesses are enumerated, as follow, Indrāṇi, Vaishṇavī, Ṡāntā, Brahmāṇī, Kaumāri, Nārasiṇhī, Vārāhī, andᅠ Māheṡvarī, but some substitute Cāmuṇḍā andᅠ Cāṇdikā for the third andᅠ sixth of these:
    according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. Vaishṇavī, Brahmāṇi, Raudri, Māheṡvarī, Nārasiṇhī, Vārāhī, Indraṇī, Kārttikī, andᅠ Pradhānā:
    others reckon fifty different forms of the Ṡakti of Vishṇu besides Lakshmī, some of these are Kīrtti, Kānti, Tushṭi, Pushṭā, Dhṛiti. Ṡānti, Kriyā, Dayā, Medhā etc.;
    andᅠ fifty forms of the Ṡakti of Ṡiva orᅠ Rudra besides Durgā orᅠ Gaurī, some of whom are Guṇôdarī, Virajā, Sālmali, Lolâkshi, Vartulâkshī, Dīrgha-ghoṇā, Sudirgha-mukhī, Go. -mukhī, Dirgha-jihvā, Kuṇḍôdarī, Ardha-keṡī, Vikṛita-mukhī, Jvālā-mukhi, Ulkāmukhi etc.;
    Sarasvati is alsoᅠ named as a Ṡakti, both of Vishṇu andᅠ Rudra:
    according to the Vāyu-Purāṇa the female nature of Rudra became twofold, one half asita orᅠ white, andᅠ the other sita orᅠ black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white orᅠ mild nature included Lakshmī, Sarasvati, Gaurī, Umā etc.;
    those of the dark andᅠ fierce nature, Durgā, Kāli etc.) Kāv. Kathās. Pur. (cf. RTL. 181 etc.. MWB. 216);
    the female organ (as worshipped by the Ṡākta sect either actually orᅠ symbolically) RTL. 140 ;
    the power orᅠ signification of a word (defined in the Nyāya as padasyapadâ̱rthe sambandhaḥ i.e. « the relation of a word to the thing designated») Bhāshāp. Sāh. ;
    (in Gram.) case-power, the idea conveyed by a case (= kāraka) Pāṇ. 2-3, 7 Sch. ;
    the power orᅠ force orᅠ most effective word of a sacred text orᅠ magic formula Up. Pañcar. ;
    the creative power orᅠ imagination (of a poet) Kāvyâd. ;
    help, aid, assistance, gift, bestowal RV. ;
    a spear, lance, pike, dart RV. etc. ( alsoᅠ ṡaktī gaṇa bahv-ādi);
    a sword MW. ;
    (prob.) a flag-staff ( seeᅠ ratha-ṡ-);
    a partic. configuration of stars andᅠ planets (when the latter are situated in the 7th, 8th, 9th, andᅠ 10th astrological house), VirBṛS.;
    m. N. of a Muni orᅠ sage (the eldest of Vasishṭha's hundred sons;
    accord. toᅠ VP. he was father of Parāṡara, andᅠ was devoured by king Kalmāsha-pāda, when changed to a man-eating Rākshasa, in consequence of a curse pronounced upon him by the sage;
    he is represented as having overcome Viṡvāmitra at the sacrifice of king Saudāsa;
    he is regarded as the author of RV. VII, 32, 26; IX, 97, 19-21; 108, 3; 14-16 ;
    Ṡakti is alsoᅠ identified with one of the Vylāsas, andᅠ with Avalokitêṡvara, andᅠ has elsewhere the patr. Jātukarna andᅠ Sāṃkṛiti) Pravar. MBh. etc.
    - शक्तिकर
    - शक्तिकुन्ठन
    - शक्तिकुमार
    - शक्तिकुमारक
    - शक्तिगण
    - शक्तिग्रह
    - शक्तिग्राहक
    - शक्तिज
    - शक्तिजागर
    - शक्तिजामल
    - शक्तिज्ञ
    - शक्तितन्त्र
    - शक्तितस्
    - शक्तिता
    - शक्तित्रय
    - शक्तित्व
    - शक्तिदत्त
    - शक्तिदास
    - शक्तिदेव
    - शक्तिद्वयवत्
    - शक्तिधर
    - शक्तिधृक्
    - शक्तिध्वज
    - शक्तिनाथ
    - शक्तिन्यास
    - शक्तिपर्ण
    - शक्तिपाणि
    - शक्तिपात
    - शक्तिपुत्र
    - शक्तिपूजक
    - शक्तिपूजा
    - शक्तिपूर्व
    - शक्तिप्रकर्ष
    - शक्तिप्रकाशबोधिनी
    - शक्तिबोध
    - शक्तिभद्र
    - शक्तिभृत्
    - शक्तिभेद
    - शक्तिभैरवतन्त्र
    - शक्तिमत्
    - शक्तिमय
    - शक्तिमोक्ष
    - शक्तियशस्
    - शक्तियामल
    - शक्तिरक्षित
    - शक्तिरक्षितक
    - शक्तिरत्नाकर
    - शक्तिवनमाहात्म्य
    - शक्तिवर
    - शक्तिवल्लभ
    - शक्तिवाद
    - शक्तिवादिन्
    - शक्तिविचार
    - शक्तिविजयस्तुति
    - शक्तिविजयस्वामिस्तोत्र
    - शक्तिवीर
    - शक्तिवेग
    - शक्तिवैकल्य
    - शक्तिवैभविक
    - शक्तिशोधन
    - शक्तिष्ठ
    - शक्तिसंगमतन्त्र
    - शक्तिसंगमामृत
    - शक्तिसिंह
    - शक्तिसिद्धन्त
    - शक्तिसेन
    - शक्तिस्तोत्र
    - शक्तिस्वामिन्
    - शक्तिहर
    - शक्तिहस्त
    - शक्तिहीन
    - शक्तिहेतिक

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > शक्ति

  • 94 अश्वः _aśvḥ

    अश्वः [अश्नुते अध्वानं व्याप्नोति, महाशनो वा भवति Nir.; अश्-क्वन् Uṇ.1.149]
    1 A horse; the horses are said to have 7 breeds:- अमृताद् बाष्पतो वह्नेर्वेदेभ्यो$ण़्डाच्च गर्भतः । साम्नो हयानामुत्पत्तिः सप्तधा परिकीर्तिता ॥
    -2 A symbolical expression for the number 'seven' (that being the number of the horses of the Sun) सूर्याश्वैर्मसजस्तताः सगुरवः शार्दूलविक्रीडितम् V. Ratn.
    -3 A race of men (horselike in strength); काष्ठतुल्यवपुर्धृष्यो मिथ्याचारश्च निर्भयः । द्वादशाङ्गुलमेढ्रश्च दरिद्रस्तु हयो मतः ॥
    -श्वौ (du.) A horse and a mare.
    -श्वाः horses and mares. [cf. L. equus; Gr. hippos; Zend aspa; Pers. asp.]
    -Comp. -अक्षः N. of a plant देवसर्षप.
    -अजनी a whip अश्वाजनि प्रचेतसो$श्वान् त्समत्सु चोदय Rv.6.75.13.
    -अधिक a. strong in cavalry, superior in horses.
    -अध्यक्षः a guardian of horses, commander of horse-cavalry.
    -अनीकम् a troop of horse- men, cavalry.
    -अरिः a buffalo.
    -अवरोहकः N. of a tree अश्वगन्धा.
    -आयुर्वेदः veterinary science concerning hores.
    -आरूढ a. mounted, sitting on horse-back.
    -आरोह a. riding or mounted on horse. (
    -हः)
    1 a horseman, rider.
    -2 one who is fighting.
    -3 a ride.
    (-हा), -आरोहकः N. of the plant अश्वगन्धा.
    -आरोहणीयम् Horsemen, cavalry. इदानीमश्वारोहणीयं क्व गतम् Pratijñā. 1.
    -आरोहिन् a. mounted or riding on horseback.
    -इषित a. hurried along by horses.
    - उरस a. broad-chested like a horse. (
    -सम्) the chief or principal horse.
    -कन्दा, -कन्दिका N. of a plant अश्वगन्धा.
    -कर्णः, -कर्णकः 1 a kind of tree (Vatica Robusta; Mar. साग, राळ) Rām.1.24.15; Māl.9.
    -2 the ear of a horse.
    -3 a term in surgery for a particular fracture of the bones. (
    -र्णः) N. of a mountain.
    -कुटी a stable for horses; Pt.5.
    -कुशल, -कोविद a. skilled in managing horses.
    -क्रन्दः 1 N. of a bird.
    -2 a general of the army of the gods.
    -खरजः [अश्वश्च खरी च अश्वा च खरश्च वा ताभ्यां जायते पुंवद्भावः Tv.] a kind of horse, mule.
    -खुरः 1 a horse's hoof.
    -2 a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) N. of the plant अपराजिता.
    -गति f.
    1 the pace of a horse.
    -2 N. of a metre containing four lines of sixteen syllables in each.
    -गन्धा [अश्वस्य गन्ध एकदेशो मेढ्रमिव मूलमस्याः] N. of a plant Physalis Flexuosa Lin; ˚तैलम् a kind of oil.
    -गुप्तः N. of a Buddhist teacher.
    -गोयुगः, -गम् a pair of horses.
    -गोष्ठम् a stable.
    -ग्रीवः 1 N. of a demon who was a foe of Viṣṇu.
    -घासः a pasture for horses.
    -घासकायस्थः An officer in charge of the fodder for the horses Rāj. T.3.489.
    -घोषः N. of a Buddhist writer.
    -घ्नः [अश्वं हन्ति अमनुष्यकर्तृकत्वात्]
    1 a horse-bane.
    -2 N. of a kind of Oleander, Nerium Odorum Ait. (Mar. पांढरी कण्हेर)
    -चक्रम् 1 a collection of horses.
    -2 a kind of wheel.
    -चर्या Taking care of a horse; तस्या- श्वचर्यां काकुस्थ दृढधन्वा महारथः (अंशुमानकरोत्) Rām.1.396-7.
    -चलनशाला a riding house.
    -चिकित्सकः, -वैद्यः a far- rier, a veterinary surgeon.
    -चिकिसा farriery, veteri- nary science.
    -चेष्टितम् 1 the motion of horses.
    -2 an omen, auspicious or inauspicious.
    -जघनः a kind of centaur; a creature having his lower limbs like those of a horse.
    -जित् a. gaining horses by conquest. Rv.2.21.1; पवस्व गोजिदश्वजित् Rv.9.59.1.
    -जीवनः gram.
    -तीर्थम् N. of a place of pilgrimage near Kānyakubja on the Gaṅgā; अदूरे कान्यकुब्जस्य गङ्गायास्तीर- मुत्तमम् । अश्वतीर्थं तदद्यापि मानैवः परिचक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.13.4.17
    - a. giving horses; Ms.4.231.
    -दंष्ट्रा the plant Tribulus Lanuginosus (गोक्षुर, Mar. गोखरू).
    -दाः, -दावन् m. giving horses. अरिष्टो येषां रथो व्यश्वदावन्नीयते Rv.5.18. 3.
    -दूतः a riding messenger.
    -नदी N. of a river.
    -नाथः one who has the charge of a drove of grazing horses; a horse herd.
    -निबन्धिकः a groom, a horse- fastener.
    -निर्णिज् a. Ved. decorated or embellished with horses, गोअर्णसि त्वाष्ट्रे अश्वनिर्णिजि Rv.1.76.3.
    -पः Ved. a groom; Vāj.3.11.
    -पतिः 1 lord of horses Rv.8.21.3.
    -2 N. of several persons; of a king of Madra and father of Sāvitri.
    -पर्ण a. [अश्वानां पर्णं गमनं यत्र]
    1 having horses (as a chariot); Rv.1.88.1.
    -2 a cloud (that penetrates everywhere).
    -पालः, -पालकः, -रक्षः a horse-groom.
    -पुच्छी N. of the tree माषपर्णी Glycine Debilis. (Mar. रान उडीद).
    -पृष्ठम् horse back.
    -पेशस् a. decorated or embellished with horses; ये स्तोतृभ्यो गोअग्रामश्वपेशसम् Rv.2.1.16.
    -बन्धः a groom.
    -बन्धन a. used for fastening horses. (
    -नम्) fastening of horses.
    -बला N. of a vegetable (Mar. मेथी).
    -बालः 1 a kind of reed, Saccharum Spontaneum Lin. (Mar. बोरू).
    -2 the tail or hair of a horse.
    -बुध्न a. Ved. based on horses, standing on horses, i. e. on a carriage drawn by horses; अस्य पत्मन्नरुषीरश्ववुध्ना Rv.1.8.3.
    -बुध्य a. Ved. based on horses, having its origin in horses (wealth); distinguished by horses Rv.1.121. 14.
    -भा lightning.
    -मन्दुरा A stable of horses.
    -महिषिका [अश्वमहिषयोर्वैरं वुन्] the natural enmity be- tween a horse and a buffalo.
    -मारः, -मारकः, -हन्तृ m. 'horse-destroying', a kind of Oleander, Nerium Odorum Ait. (Mar. पांढरी कण्हेर).
    -मालः a kind of serpent.
    -मुख a. [अश्वस्य मुखमिव मुखमस्य] having the head or face of a horse. (
    -खः) a horse-faced creature, a Kinnara or celestial chorister; (according to others) a kind of demigod distinct from the preceding. (
    -खी) a Kinnara woman; भिन्दन्ति मन्दां गतिमश्वमुख्यः Ku.1.11.
    -मुक् m. a horse-stealer.
    -मेधः [अश्वः प्रधानतया मेध्यते हिंस्यते$त्र, मेध् हिंसने घञ्] a horse-sacrifice; यथाश्वमेधः क्रतुराट् सर्वपापापनोदनः Ms.11.26. [In Vedic times this sacrifice was performed by kings desirous of offspring; but subsequently it was performed only by kings and implied that he who instituted it, was a conqueror and king of kings. A horse was turned loose to wander at will for a year, attended by a guardian; when the horse entered a foreign country, the ruler was bound either to submit or to fight. In this way the horse returned at the end of a year, the guardian obtaining or enforcing the submission of princes whom he brought in his train. After the successful return of the horse, the rite called Asva- medha was performed amidst great rejoicings. It was believed that the performance of 1 such sacrifices would lead to the attainment of the seat or world of Indra, who is, therefore, always repre- sented as trying to prevent the completion of the hundredth sacrifice. cf. Rv.1.162-163 hymns; Vāj.22 seq.]
    ˚काण्डम् N. of the thirteenth book of the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa.
    -मेधिक, -मेधीय a. fit for a horse-sacrifice, or relating to it. (
    -कः, -यः) a horse fit for the Aśvamedha sacrifice. (
    -कम्) the fourteenth parvan in the Mahābhārata; ततो$श्वमेधिकं पर्व प्रोक्तं तच्च चतुर्दशम् Mb.
    -युज् a.
    1 yoking the horses; वयोवृधो अश्वयुजः परिज्रयः Rv.5.54.2.
    -2 having horses yoked to it (as a carriage); रथेनाश्वयुजा Rām.
    -3 born under the constellation अश्वयुज्. (f.)
    1 N. of a constellation, the head of Aries.
    -2 the first lunar mansion.
    -3 the month of Āśvina.
    -4 a chariot having horses.
    -यूपः the post to which the sacrificial horse was bound; ये अश्वयूपाय तक्षति Rv.1.162.6.
    -योग a.
    1 causing the yoking of horses.
    -2 joining or reaching as quickly as horses; उत न ईं मतयो$श्वयोगाः Rv.1.186.7.
    -रक्षः the keeper or rider of a horse, a groom.
    -रथः a carriage drawn by horses. (
    -था) N. of a river near गन्धमादन.
    -रत्नम्, -राजः the best or lord of horses; i. e. उच्चैःश्रवस्.
    -राधस् a. Ved. furnishing horses; शुम्भन्त्यश्वराधसः Rv.1.21.2.
    -रिपुः A buffalo; Bhāvaprakāśa.
    -रोधकः N. of a plant (अंश्वमार); see अश्वघ्न.
    -लक्षणम् a sign or mark of a horse.
    -ललितम् N. of a species of the Vikṛiti metre.
    -लाला a kind of snake.
    -लोमन् n. horse-hair; a kind of snake.
    -वक्त्रः = अश्वमुख q. v.; a Kinnara or Gandharva.
    -वडवम् a stud of horses and mares; P.II.4.12,27. mares.
    -वदनः = ˚मुख.
    -वहः a horseman.
    -वाजिन् a. Having the strength of a horse; स मातरिश्वा विभुरश्ववाजी Mb.13.158.2.
    -वारः, -वालः, -वारकः [अश्वं वारयति उप. स.] a horseman, groom; दुःखेन निश्चक्रमुरश्ववाराः Śi.3.66.
    -वारणम् N. of the Bos Gavaeus (गवय).
    -वाहः, -वाहकः [अश्वं वाहयति चालयति] a horseman.
    -विक्रयिन् a. a horse-dealer.
    -विद् a.
    1 skilled in taming or managing horses.
    -2 [अश्वं विन्दते विद्-क्विप्] procuring horses; उत नो गोविद- श्ववित् Rv.9.55.3. (m.)
    1 a jockey.
    -2 an epithet of Nala.
    -वृषः a stallion; वडवेतराभवदश्ववृष इतरः Bṛi. Up.1.4.4.
    -वैद्यः a farrier.
    -व्रतम् N. of sāman.
    -शकृत् n.,
    -शकम् Ved.
    1 excrements of a horse, horse-dung.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -शङ्कुः a pillar to tie a horse.
    -शाला a stable;
    -शावः a colt, a foal.
    -शास्त्रम् 1 manual or text-book of veterinary science;
    -2 N. of the work of Nakula.
    -शिरस् a. having the head of a horse, an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. (n.)
    1 a horse's head.
    -2 N. of a Dānava.
    -शृगालिका [अश्वशृगालयोर्वैरं द्वन्द्वाद् वैरे वुन्] the natural enmity between a horse and a jackal.
    -षङ्गवम् a set or team of six horses.
    -सधर्मन् a. Resembling horses in work; अश्वसधर्माणो हि मनुष्याः नियुक्ताः कर्मसु विकुर्वते । Kau. A.2.9.
    -सनि, -षा, -सा a. Ved. (P.VIII.3.11 and Mbh.) gaining or procuring horses, giving horses; यस्ते$अश्वसनिर्भक्षो Vāj.8. 12.
    -सादः, -सादिन् m. a horseman, a rider, a horse- soldier; पूर्वं प्रहर्ता न जघान भूयः प्रतिप्रहाराक्षममश्वसादी R.7. 47; Vāj.3-13.
    -सारथ्यम् coachmanship, charioteer- ship, management of horses and chariots; सूतानाम- श्वसारथ्यम् Ms.1.47.
    -सूक्तिन् N. of the author of the hymns Rv.8.14.15.
    -सूत्रम् A text book of the management of horses.
    -सूनृत a. Ved.
    1 praised sincerely for (the gift of) horses; cf. Rv.5.79,1-1.
    -2 whose praise for (giving) horses is agreeable and true.
    -सेनः 1 N. of a king.
    -2 N. of a Nāga.
    -3 N. of the father of the twentythird Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī.
    -स्तोमीय a. relating to the praise of the sacrificial horse. N. of the Ṛigvedic hymn 1. 162.
    -स्थान a. born in a stable. (
    -नम्) a stable or stall for horses; Y.1.279.
    -हन्तृ a. killing a horse, (
    -ता) N. of a fragrant plant.
    -हय a. [अश्वेन हिनोति गच्छति हि कर्तरि अच्]
    1 driving or spurring a horse, riding a horse; प्रत्यर्धिर्यज्ञानामश्वहयो रथानाम् Rv.1.26. 5.
    -2 to be traversed by a horse; समस्य हरिं हरयो मृजन्त्यश्वहयैरनिशितं नमोभिः Rv.9.96.2.
    -हारकः a horse- stealer; पङ्गुतामश्वहारकः Ms.11.51.
    -हृदयम् [अश्वस्य हृदय- मनोगतभावादि]
    1 the desire or intention of a horse.
    -2 a kind of veterinary science.
    -3 horsemanship; अश्वहृदये निवेश्यात्मानम् K.8.
    -या N. of the Apsaras रम्भा.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अश्वः _aśvḥ

  • 95 goût

    goût° [gu]
    masculine noun
       a. ( = sens) taste
       b. ( = saveur) taste
    ça a bon/mauvais goût it tastes nice/nasty
       c. ( = jugement) taste
    avoir du/manquer de goût to have/lack taste
    homme/femme de goût man/woman of taste
       d. ( = penchant) taste (de, pour for)
    prendre goût à qch to get or acquire a taste for sth
    à mon/son goût for my/his taste
    * * *
    gu
    nom masculin
    1) ( sens) taste; ( appréciation) palate
    2) ( saveur) taste

    avoir un goût sucré — to taste sweet, to have a sweet taste

    avoir un goût de brûlé/de pêche — to taste burned/of peaches

    donner du goût à quelque chose — to give something flavour [BrE]

    3) ( discernement) taste

    de bon/mauvais goût — in good/bad taste (après n)

    d'un goût douteux[décor, plaisanterie, scène] in dubious taste (après n)

    avec/sans goût — [décorer] tastefully/tastelessly

    s'habiller avec/sans goût — to have good/no dress sense

    4) ( gré) liking

    ne pas être du goût de tout le monde[situation] not to be to everyone's liking; [décor, aliment] not to be everyone's cup of tea

    5) ( préférence) taste
    ••

    avoir un goût de trop peu or pas assez — to be on the stingy side

    tous les goûts sont dans la natureProverbe it takes all sorts to make a world Proverbe

    des goûts et des couleurs on ne discute pasProverbe there's no accounting for taste

    * * *
    ɡu nm
    1) [aliment] taste

    avoir bon/mauvais goût [aliment] — to taste nice/nasty

    Ça n'a pas de goût. — It's got no taste.

    2) [personne] taste

    Elle a très bon goût. — She's got very good taste.

    de bon goût — in good taste, tasteful

    de mauvais goût — in bad taste, tasteless

    prendre goût à — to develop a taste for, to develop a liking for

    * * *
    goût nm
    1 Physiol ( sens) taste; ( appréciation) palate; agréable/désagréable au goût pleasant-/unpleasant-tasting; avoir le goût exercé to have a keen palate; stimuler/émousser le goût to stimulate/to dull one's sense of taste; éduquer le goût des enfants to teach children to appreciate food;
    2 ( saveur) taste; avoir un goût sucré/désagréable to have a sweet/an unpleasant taste; avoir un goût de brûlé/de pêche to taste burned/of peaches; avoir un petit goût de miel to taste slightly of honey; avoir bon/mauvais goût to taste nice/unpleasant; avoir un petit goût to taste a bit strange; laisser un (mauvais) goût dans la bouche to leave a nasty taste in one's mouth; le vin a un léger goût de bouchon the wine tastes slightly corked; donner du goût à qch to give sth flavourGB; n'avoir aucun goût to be tasteless;
    3 ( discernement) taste; avoir du goût to have taste; se fier à son goût to trust to one's own taste; avoir un goût très sûr to have unfailingly good taste; avoir bon/mauvais goût to have good/bad taste; de bon/mauvais goût [décor, vêtement, plaisanterie] in good/bad taste ( après n); d'un goût douteux [décor, plaisanterie, scène] in dubious taste ( après n); les gens de goût people with good taste; c'étaient des personnes de goût they had good taste; avec/sans goût [décorer] tastefully/tastelessly; s'habiller avec/sans goût to be well-/badly-dressed; sans goût ni grâce [personne, visage] plain and ordinary; il serait de mauvais goût de faire it would be in bad taste to do; avoir le bon goût de faire to have the decency to do; avoir le bon goût de ne pas faire to have the good taste not to do; avoir le mauvais goût de faire to be tactless enough to do;
    4 ( gré) liking; trop chaud à mon goût too hot for my liking; avoir du goût pour la peinture to have a liking for painting; ne pas être du goût de tout le monde [situation, réforme, proposition] not to be to everyone's liking; [décor, site, aliment, forme d'art] not to be everyone's cup of tea; je n'ai rien trouvé à mon goût chez l'antiquaire I didn't find anything I liked in the antique shop; elle ne trouve pas mon fils à son goût she doesn't like my son; mon choix n'était pas au goût de mon père my father didn't approve of my choice; je n'ai aucun goût pour la politique I have absolutely no interest in politics; je n'ai plus goût à rien I've lost interest in things; elle reprend goût à la vie she's starting to enjoy life again; avoir le goût du risque to like taking risks; avoir le goût du détail [peintre, écrivain] to like detail; [décorateur, designer] to pay attention to detail; être au goût du jour to be trendy; to be ‘in’; se mettre au goût du jour to update one's image; remettre qch au goût du jour to bring sth back into fashion; il a pris goût à la pêche/aux échecs he got to like fishing/chess; il semble prendre goût à la politique he seems to be developing a taste for politics; faire qch par goût to do sth for pleasure; dans le goût classique in the classical style; dans le goût de Picasso in the style of Picasso; quelque chose dans or de ce goût-là something a bit like that; je vais te faire passer le goût de me critiquer en public I'll teach you to criticize me in public;
    5 ( préférence) taste; je ne connais pas tes goûts I don't know your tastes; avoir des goûts simples/de luxe to have simple/expensive tastes; mes goûts littéraires/artistiques my taste in literature/art; il y en a pour tous les goûts there's something to suit all tastes; ‘c'est joli?’-‘ça dépend des goûts!’ ‘is it pretty?’-‘that's a matter of taste!’; chacun ses goûts to each his own, there's no accounting for taste.
    avoir un goût de revenez-y [dessert, plat] to be moreish GB, to make you want seconds US; avoir un goût de trop peu or pas assez to be on the stingy side; tous les goûts sont dans la nature Prov it takes all sorts to make a world Prov; des goûts et des couleurs on ne discute pas Prov there's no accounting for taste.
    [gu] nom masculin
    1. [sens] taste
    2. [saveur] taste
    ça a un goût de miel/moutarde it tastes of honey/mustard
    3. [préférence] taste
    un goût marqué ou particulier pour... a great liking ou fondness for...
    à chacun son goût, chacun son goût each to his own
    4. [intérêt] taste, liking
    5. [jugement esthétique] taste
    elle a bon/mauvais goût she has good/bad taste
    6. [mode]
    dans ce goût-là: c'était une fourrure en renard, ou quelque chose dans ce goût-là it was a fox fur, or something of the sort
    ————————
    à mon goût, à son goût etc. locution adjectivale & locution adverbiale
    to my/his etc. liking
    Dire que l'on aime quelque chose ou quelqu'un
    I like French food/reading in bed at night. J'aime la cuisine française/lire au lit la nuit
    I quite/really like her. Je l'aime bien/beaucoup
    I (really) love opera/swimming in the sea. J'adore l'opéra/nager dans la mer
    I like nothing better ou There's nothing I like more than a hot bath. Rien de tel qu'un bon bain chaud
    I think he's really nice. Je le trouve très sympa
    I have a soft spot for her. J'ai un faible pour elle
    I have a passion for sailing. J'adore la voile
    He's really into jazz familier. Il est très branché jazz
    You can't beat a nice cup of tea familier. Il n'y a rien de meilleur qu'une bonne tasse de thé
    Dire que l'on n'aime pas quelque chose ou quelqu'un
    I don't (really) like him/rap. Je ne l'aime pas (vraiment)/Je n'aime pas (vraiment) le rap
    I don't like being told what to do. Je n'aime pas qu'on me dise ce que je dois faire
    The thing I don't like about him is his arrogance. Ce que je n'aime pas chez lui, c'est son arrogance
    I'm not too keen on classical music UK. Je n'aime pas trop la musique classique
    I hate him/football. Je le déteste/Je déteste le foot
    I hate having to get up early. Je déteste me lever tôt
    I can't stand (the sight of) her. Je ne peux pas la voir (en peinture)
    If there's one thing I can't stand, it's hypocrisy. S'il y a une chose que je ne supporte pas, c'est bien l'hypocrisie
    Walking in the rain isn't my idea of fun. Marcher sous la pluie, ce n'est pas ce que j'appelle s'amuser
    He's not really into sport familier. Il n'est pas très branché sport
    Camping isn't really my (kind of) thing familier. Le camping, ce n'est pas tellement mon truc

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > goût

  • 96 usare

    1. v/t use
    2. v/i use
    ( essere di moda) be in fashion
    * * *
    usare v.tr.
    1 to use, to make* use of: posso usare la tua penna?, may I use your pen?; se non trovi il tuo libro usa il mio, if you can't find your book, use mine; all'esame non possiamo usare il vocabolario, in the examination we are not allowed to use our dictionaries; dovresti usare meglio il tuo denaro, you should make better use of your money; non uso mai il burro in cucina, I never use butter in my cooking; uso la lana per pulire l'argento, I use wool to polish silver; usare attenzione, to use care (o to be careful); usò ogni artificio per ottenerlo, he used every artifice to get it // usare la testa, il cervello, gli occhi, le orecchie, (fig.) to use one's head, eyes, ears // mi usò la cortesia di darmi il suo posto, he was kind enough to offer me his seat; mi usò molte cortesie, he was very kind to me (o he heaped o showered kindnesses on me); vogliate usarmi la cortesia di farmelo sapere subito, please do me the favour of letting me know at once // usare le buone maniere, to be kind; usare le minacce, to threaten // usare la forza, to use force // usare violenza a qlcu., to do violence to s.o.; usare violenza a se stessi, to force oneself
    2 ( essere solito) to use (to) ( usato solo nei tempi passati dell'indicativo); would (+ inf. senza to); to be accustomed (to); to be used (to): gli antichi usavano sacrificare agli dei, people in ancient times used to make sacrifices to the gods; due secoli fa gli uomini usavano portare la parrucca, two centuries ago men used to wear wigs; ( egli) usava levarsi la mattina di buon'ora, he used to (o he would) get up early in the morning; usavamo incontrarci ogni sera in piazza, we used to (o we would) meet in the square every evening; io non uso comportarmi in questo modo, I'm not used to (o I'm not accustomed to) behaving like this // si usa, ( è consuetudine) it is customary (o it's the custom): oggi si usa molto passare le vacanze all'estero, nowadays it's the custom (o it's customary) to spend one's holidays abroad; di solito si usa ringraziare con un biglietto, it's customary (o it's the custom) to send a note of thanks; si sposò, come si usa, con l'abito bianco, she was married in white, according to custom (o as is the custom)
    v. intr.
    1 to use (sthg.), to make* use (of sthg.): usare dei propri diritti, to make use of one's own rights
    2 ( essere di moda) to be fashionable, to be in fashion: il modello di quel vestito non usa più, that style of dress is no longer fashionable (o is out of fashion); quest'anno usa molto il rosso, red is very fashionable this year.
    usarsi v.rifl. ( abituarsi) to get* accustomed.
    * * *
    [u'zare]
    1. vt
    1) (adoperare) to use

    grazie per il tavolo, l'ho usato molto — thank you for the table, I got a lot of use out of it

    sai usare o come si usa la lavatrice? — do you know how to use the washing machine?

    non usare tutta l'acqua (consumare) don't use (up) all the water

    usa gli occhi/le orecchie! — use your eyes/ears!

    usare le mani (picchiare) to use one's fists

    2)

    (aver l'abitudine) usare fare qc — to be in the habit of doing sth, be accustomed to doing sth

    2. vi (aus avere)
    1) (essere di moda) to be fashionable, to be in fashion
    2)

    usare di (servirsi di) to use, (diritto) to exercise

    3. vb impers

    da queste parti usa così — it's the custom round here, this is customary round here

    * * *
    [u'zare] 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (impiegare) to use

    usare qcs. frequentemente — to make frequent use of sth.

    sapere usare bene — to be skilled in the use of [attrezzo, computer]

    usare in modo sbagliato — to misuse [attrezzo, parola]

    2) (agire con) to exercise [attenzione, cautela]

    usare dei riguardi nei confronti di qcn. — to be considerate towards sb., to behave considerately towards sb.

    usare la cortesia di fareto have the courtesy o to be kind enough to do

    usare violenza a qcn. — to abuse sb

    3) (sfruttare) to use [ persona]
    4) (essere solito) to be* in the habit of, to be* used to

    mio padre usava riposare al pomeriggiomy father used to o would have a rest in the afternoon

    2.
    verbo intransitivo e verbo impersonale (aus. essere)
    1) (essere in uso) to be* the custom

    (si) usa, usava fare — it is, was the custom to do

    2) (essere di moda) to be* fashionable

    usare di qcs. — to use sth

    * * *
    usare
    /u'zare/ [1]
     1 (impiegare) to use; usare qcs. frequentemente to make frequent use of sth.; sapere usare bene to be skilled in the use of [attrezzo, computer]; usare in modo sbagliato to misuse [attrezzo, parola]; usa la testa! use your head!
     2 (agire con) to exercise [attenzione, cautela]; usare dei riguardi nei confronti di qcn. to be considerate towards sb., to behave considerately towards sb.; usare la cortesia di fare to have the courtesy o to be kind enough to do; usare la forza to use violence; usare violenza a qcn. to abuse sb.
     3 (sfruttare) to use [ persona]
     4 (essere solito) to be* in the habit of, to be* used to; mio padre usava riposare al pomeriggio my father used to o would have a rest in the afternoon; usa alzarsi molto presto he usually gets up very early
    II verbo intr. e verbo impers.
     (aus. essere)
     1 (essere in uso) to be* the custom; (si) usa, usava fare it is, was the custom to do
     2 (essere di moda) to be* fashionable
     3 (utilizzare) usare di qcs. to use sth.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > usare

  • 97 pie

    m.
    1 foot.
    a pie on foot
    prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot
    estar de o en pie to be on one's feet o standing
    ponerse de o en pie to stand up
    llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours
    perder/no hacer pie to go/to be out of one's depth
    pie de atleta athlete's foot
    pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters
    pies planos flat feet
    2 stand.
    pie de foto caption
    3 cue (Teatro).
    4 leg, central support.
    5 Computer Science Academic Program.
    6 pes.
    pret.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) Preterite Indicative of Spanish verb: piar.
    * * *
    1 ANATOMÍA foot
    5 (de un documento) foot; (de una fotografía, dibujo) caption
    \
    a los pies de la cama at the foot of the bed
    a pie on foot
    al pie de (cerca) close by
    al pie de la letra word for word
    al pie del cañón familiar hard at it, working
    creer algo a pies juntillas familiar to believe something implicitly
    dar pie a to give occasion for
    de los pies a la cabeza from head to toe
    empezar con buen/mal pie to start off on the right/wrong foot
    estar en pie de guerra to be on a war footing 2 figurado to be on the war path
    hacer pie to touch the bottom
    ir con pies de plomo to tread very carefully
    nacer de pie to be born with a silver spoon in one's mouth
    no dar pie con bola to mess everything up, not get anything right
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to be ludicrous, be absurd
    pararle los pies a alguien to put somebody in their place
    poner los pies en to set foot in
    ponerse de/en pie to get to one's feet, stand up
    saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know what somebody's weakness is
    tenerse de pie to keep on one's feet
    pie de atleta athlete's foot
    pies planos flat feet
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) foot
    2) cue
    * * *
    SM
    1) (Anat) foot

    poner el pie en el acelerador — (lit) to step on the gas *; (fig) to speed things up, step up the pace

    pies de cerdo — (Culin) (pig's) trotters

    2) [locuciones]

    a pie — on foot

    ir a pie — to go on foot, walk

    estar de pie — to be standing (up)

    permanecieron mucho tiempo de pie — they were standing for a long time, they were on their feet a long time

    en pie, llevo en pie desde las cuatro — I've been up since four

    mantenerse en pie[persona] to stay standing o on one's feet; [objeto] to remain upright

    ganado en pie LAm cattle on the hoof

    a pie enjuto (lit) dry-shod; (fig) without danger, without any risk

    a pie firme

    ponerse de o en pie — to stand up

    gente de a piecommon o ordinary folk

    soldado de a pie — ( Hist) foot-soldier

    se lo llevaron con los pies por delante — he left feet first, he left in a (wooden) box

    desde el pasado sábado, mi padre no ha puesto los pies en casa — my father hasn't set foot in the house since last Saturday

    - poner los pies en polvorosa

    sin pies ni cabeza —

    el mensaje no tenía ni pies ni cabeza — the message didn't make any sense at all, I couldn't make head or tail of the message

    buscar 1., 1), a)
    3) (=base) [de columna, estatua, lámpara] base; [de cama] foot; [de colina, escalera] foot, bottom; [de copa] stem; [de calcetín] foot

    al pie del monteat the foot o bottom of the mountain

    al pie de ese edificio — next to that building, right beside that building

    al pie de la obra — (Com) including delivery charges

    al pie del cañón —

    4) [de página] foot, bottom; [de foto] caption
    5) (Bot) [de árbol] trunk; [de planta] stem; [de rosa] stock
    6) (=unidad de medida) foot
    7) (Teat) cue
    8) [de vino] sediment
    9) (=causa)

    dar pie a — to give cause for

    10) (=posición)

    estar en pie de igualdad — to be on an equal footing ( con with)

    estar en pie de guerra — (lit) to be on a war footing, be ready to go to war; (fig) to be on the warpath

    11) (Literat) foot
    12) Cono Sur * (=pago) deposit, down payment
    13)

    pie de vía CAm (Aut) indicator, turn signal (EEUU)

    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (Anat) foot

    a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

    ¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

    hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

    al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

    2)
    a) (de calcetín, media) foot
    b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem
    c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

    una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

    al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

    al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

    d) ( de cama) tb

    piesfoot

    3) (Bot) cutting, slip
    4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot
    II [pai]
    masculino (AmL) pie
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (Anat) foot

    a sus pies, señora — (frml) at your service, madam (frml)

    ¿vamos a pie o en coche? — shall we walk or take the car?

    hoy ando a pie — (AmL) I'm without wheels today

    al pie — (Col) very close, just round the corner

    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock; no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand; sólo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing; queda en pie la cita our date is still on; mi oferta/promesa sigue en pie my offer/promise still stands; ganado en pie (AmL) livestock, cattle on the hoof; andarse con pie(s) de plomo (fam) to tread very carefully o warily; a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet; a pie(s) juntillas: seguí a pies juntillas sus indicaciones I followed his instructions to the letter; creerse algo a pies juntillas to blindly believe something; buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato (fam) ( buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters; cojear del mismo pie (fam) to be two of a kind (colloq); con los pies (fam) badly; lleva la empresa con los pies he's making a hash o mess of running the company (colloq); con los pies por or para delante (fam & euf) feet first; con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground; con mal pie or con el pie izquierdo: empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start; hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today (AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today (BrE); no le des pie para que te critique don't give him cause o reason to criticize you; dar pie a algo murmuraciones/especulaciones to give rise to something; esto dio pie a una discusión this caused o was the cause of an argument; darle pie a alguien: de a pie common, ordinary; el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person; de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq); echar pie atrás (Chi) to back down; en pie de guerra on a war footing; en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing; estar a pie (Chi fam) to be lost (colloq); estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot; estar con un pie en el estribo (fam) to be about to leave; estar con un pie en la tumba or la sepultura or el hoyo to have one foot in the grave; hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom; írsele los pies a alguien: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still; leche al pie de la vaca (AmL) milk fresh from the cow; levantarse/empezar con buen pie or con el pie derecho to get off to a good start; nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star; no doy/da pie con bola (fam) I/he can't get a thing right; no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever; un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan; pararle a alguien los pies (Esp) to put somebody in his/her place (colloq); perder pie ( en el agua) to get out of one's depth; ( resbalarse) to lose one's footing; pies de barro feet of clay; poner (los) pies en polvorosa (fam) to take to one's heels (colloq); poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place; por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help; saber de qué pie cojea alguien (Esp fam) to know somebody's faults o weak points; ser más viejo que andar a pie — (CS fam) to be as old as the hills (colloq)

    2)
    a) (de calcetín, media) foot
    b) (de lámpara, columna) base; ( de copa - base) base; (- parte vertical) stem
    c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom

    una nota a or al pie de página — a footnote

    al pie or a los pies de la montaña — at the foot of the mountain

    al pie del cañón: Ana se quedó al pie del cañón mientras el jefe estaba fuera Ana stayed here to hold the fort while the boss was away; ella es la que está siempre al pie del cañón — she's the one who's always there to keep things going

    d) ( de cama) tb

    piesfoot

    3) (Bot) cutting, slip
    4) ( medida) foot; (Lit) foot
    II [pai]
    masculino (AmL) pie
    * * *
    pie1
    1 = foot [feet, -pl.], tail, toe.

    Ex: She was tapping with her foot on the carpet.

    Ex: The top and bottom of the book are known as the head and tail respectively, and the front is the fore-edge (rhymes with porridge); similarly the margins round the type on each page are called the head, tail, outer (at the fore-edge), and inner margins.
    Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.
    * alfombra de pie de cama = bedside rug.
    * al pie (de) = at the bottom (of), at the foot (of).
    * al pie de la letra = to the letter.
    * andar con pies de plomo = tread + warily.
    * andarse con pies de plomo = walk on + eggshells.
    * apagar un fuego con los pies = stomp out + fire.
    * a pie = on foot, afoot, dismounted.
    * a poca distancia a pie = within an easy walk, within walking distance.
    * a pocos minutos a pie = within walking distance, within easy walking distance, within an easy walk.
    * apoyo para los pies = footrest.
    * arrastrando los pies = shuffling.
    * arrastrar los pies = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.
    * arreglarse los pies = pedicure.
    * atar de pies y manos = hogtie.
    * bajo los pies = underfoot.
    * baño de pies = footbath.
    * bomba de pie = foot pump.
    * buscarle cinco pies al gato = split + hairs.
    * buscarle los tres pies al gato = nitpick.
    * buscarle tres pies al gato = split + hairs.
    * caer de pie = land on + Posesivo + (own two) feet.
    * carrera a pie = foot race.
    * comenzar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * comenzar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing.
    * con el pie deformado = clubfooted.
    * con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.
    * con los pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.
    * con notas a pie de página = footnoted.
    * con pie firme = sure-footed.
    * con un pie en la tumba = over the hill.
    * cuidado de los pies = footcare.
    * dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dedo del pie = toe.
    * dedo gordo del pie, el = big toe, the.
    * dedo meñique del pie = pinkie toe.
    * de dos pies = two-legged.
    * dejar de pie = leave + standing.
    * de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.
    * de nuevo en pie = up and about.
    * de pies a cabeza = from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de pies ligeros = swift-footed.
    * de pies planos = flat-footed.
    * desde la cabeza hasta los pies = head to toe, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * distancia a pie = walking distance.
    * el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * empezar Algo con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * empezar con buen pie = start + Nombre + on the right footing, hit + the ground running.
    * en pie = up and about.
    * en pie de guerra = on the warpath.
    * entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * estar de pie = stand.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * freno de pie = foot brake [footbrake].
    * gente de a pie = ordinary people.
    * hombre de a pie, el = man-on-the-street, man in the street, the.
    * ir a pie = leg it.
    * la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.
    * la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.
    * lámpara de pie = standing lamp, floor lamp.
    * levantarse con el pie izquierdo = wake up on + the wrong side of the bed, get up on + the wrong side of the bed.
    * mantenerse en pie = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * no creerse Algo al pie de la letra = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.
    * no encontrar ni el pie ni la cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of.
    * nota a pie de página = footnote.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = can't make head(s) or tail(s) of, be pointless.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.
    * perchero de pie = coat-stand.
    * perder el pie = lose + Posesivo + footing.
    * pie de atleta = athlete's foot.
    * pie de imprenta = edition imprint, imprint statement, imprint.
    * pie de obra = building site.
    * pie de página = footer.
    * pie de página repetido = running foot, footline.
    * pie de pie = standing.
    * Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.
    * pies planos = flat feet, pes planus, fallen arches.
    * pies sobre la tierra = feet on the ground.
    * planta del pie = sole.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner pie en = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * retrete de pie = squat toilet, squatty potty, squat loo.
    * sacar los pies del plato = break out of + the box.
    * sacar los pies del tiesto = break out of + the box.
    * salir por pies = take off + running, leg it, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * seguir Algo al pie de la letra = follow + Nombre + to the letter.
    * seguir al pie de la letra = keep + strictly to the letter.
    * seguir al pie del cañón = soldier on.
    * seguir en pie = hold + Posesivo + own, hold up.
    * sin pies ni cabeza = without rhyme or reason.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tiña del pie = tinea pedis.
    * uña del pie = toenail.
    * visita a pie = walking tour.

    pie2
    2 = foot [feet, -pl.].

    Ex: Soon, however, the collection outgrew its meagre quarters and a full-fledged library occupying a 40x60 foot area came into being.

    * de un pie de grosor = foot-thick.
    * pie cuadrado = square foot (sq. ft.).
    * pie lineal = linear foot.

    pie3
    3 = winter.
    Nota: En la prensa antigua de madera, travesaño que unía los postes de madera verticales que servían de soporte a toda la prensa por la parte de abajo y que servía de soporte al ensamblaje de transporte carriage assembly.

    Ex: The chief members of the impression carriage were two upright cheeks about 2 m. high and placed 60-65 cm. apart, carrying between them the winter and, above it, the head, two massive cross timbers mortised into the cheeks which contained the vertical thrust of the impression.

    * * *
    pie1
    A
    no arrastres los pies don't drag your feet
    tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet
    se echó a sus pies ( liter); he threw himself at her feet ( frml)
    a sus pies, señora ( frml); at your service, madam ( frml)
    2 ( en locs):
    a pie on foot
    queda muy cerca, podemos ir a pie it's very near, we can walk o go on foot
    ¿vamos a pie o en coche? shall we walk or take the car?
    esta semana ando a pie ( AmL); I'm walking everywhere this week
    una nota a pie de página a note at the foot of the page
    viviendas a pie de playa ( Esp); houses with access to the beach
    oficina a pie de calle ( Esp); office with direct access to the street
    una entrevista a piecalle ( Esp); an interview in the street
    experimentos a pie de aula ( Esp); experiments in the classroom
    al pie ( Col); very close, just round the corner
    de pie standing
    estuvimos de pie casi dos horas we were standing (up) o we were on our feet for almost two hours
    tuvimos que viajar de pie todo el camino we had to stand all the way
    ponte de pie stand up
    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete de la mañana I've been up since seven o'clock this morning
    ya no podía tenerme en pie I could hardly walk/stand, I was ready to drop
    sólo la pequeña iglesia quedó en pie only the little church remained standing
    queda en pie la cita para mañana our date for tomorrow is still on
    mi oferta/la promesa sigue en pie my offer/the promise still stands
    ganado en pie ( AmL); livestock, cattle on the hoof
    a pie pelado ( Chi); barefoot, in one's bare feet
    a pie(s) juntillas: está siguiendo a pies juntillas las indicaciones de sus superiores he's following his bosses' instructions to the letter
    se cree a pies juntillas todo lo que le dicen he blindly believes every word he's told
    buscarle tres or cinco pies al gato ( fam) (buscar complicaciones) to complicate matters, make life difficult; (exponerse al peligro) to ask for trouble ( colloq)
    cojear del mismo pie ( fam); to be two of a kind ( colloq), to be tarred with the same brush ( colloq)
    con buen pieor con el pie derecho: a ver si mañana nos levantamos con el pie derecho I hope things will get off to a better start tomorrow
    con los pies ( fam); badly
    esta camisa la debes haber planchado con los pies this shirt looks as if you ironed it with your eyes closed
    una solicitud escrita con los pies a very poorly written letter of application
    el gerente lleva la empresa con los pies the manager is making a hash o mess of running the company ( colloq)
    de esta casa me sacarán con los pies por delante they'll have to carry me out of this house feet first o in a box ( colloq euph)
    con los pies sobre la tierra with one's feet on the ground
    tiene los pies bien puestos sobre la tierra she has her feet firmly on the ground
    empezó con mal pie she got off to a bad start, she started badly
    hoy me levanté or empecé el día con el pie izquierdo I got up on the wrong side of the bed today ( AmE), I got out of bed on the wrong side today ( BrE)
    con pie(s) de plomo ( fam); very carefully o warily
    ándate con pies de plomo tread very warily o carefully
    dar pie a algo to give rise to sth
    su conducta dio pie a murmuraciones her behavior gave rise to o sparked off rumors
    no quiero que esto dé pie a una discusión I don't want this to cause o to be the cause of an argument
    darle pie a algn: no le des pie para que te siga criticando don't give him cause o reason o grounds to criticize you again
    de a pie common, ordinary
    el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street, the average man/person
    a mí me gusta hablar con la gente de a pie I like talking to ordinary people
    de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe ( colloq)
    echar pie atrás ( Chi); to back down
    en pie de guerra on a war footing, ready for war, on full alert
    en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing, on equal terms
    estar a pie ( Chi fam); to be lost ( colloq)
    estar atado de pies y manos to be bound hand and foot, have one's hands tied
    estar con un pie en el estribo ( fam); to be about to leave
    me pillas con un pie en el estribo I was just on my way out o about to leave
    ya están con un pie en el estribo they're all set to go
    estar con un pie en la tumba or sepultura to have one foot in the grave
    hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom
    yo aquí no hago pie I can't touch the bottom here, I'm out of my depth here
    írsele los pies a algn: cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't keep my feet still
    leche al pie de la vaca ( AmL); milk fresh from the cow
    nacer de pie to be born under a lucky star
    no doy/da pie con bola ( fam); I/he can't get a thing right
    no estirar los pies más de lo que da la frazada ( RPl fam); to cut one's coat according to one's cloth
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever
    el ensayo no tenía ni pies ni cabeza the essay made no sense whatsoever o was totally unintelligible
    un plan sin pies ni cabeza a crazy o an absurd plan
    pararle a algn los pies ( Esp); to take sb down a peg or two, put sb in his/her place ( colloq)
    perder pie (en el agua) to get out of one's depth; (resbalarse) to lose one's footing; (confundirse) to slip up
    pies de barro feet of clay
    un héroe con pies de barro a hero with feet of clay
    poner (los) pies en polvorosa ( fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)
    poner los pies en un lugar to set foot in a place
    hoy no he puesto pie en la calle I haven't set foot outside the house today
    por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help
    saber de qué pie cojea algn ( Esp fam); to know sb's faults o weak points
    salir por pies ( Esp fam); to take to one's heels, make oneself scarce, hotfoot it ( colloq)
    ser más viejo que andar a pie (CS fam); to be as old as the hills ( colloq)
    Compuestos:
    high instep
    athlete's foot
    ( Chi) dogtooth
    clubfoot
    B
    1 (de un calcetín, una media) foot
    2 (de una lámpara, columna) base; (de una copabase) base; (— parte vertical) stem
    4 (de una página, un escrito) foot, bottom
    una nota a or al pie de página a footnote
    remita el cupón que se acompaña al pie send off the coupon below
    un pueblo al pieor a los pies de la montaña a village at the foot of the mountain
    sigue mis instrucciones al pie de la letra follow my instructions to the letter o exactly
    repetí al pie de la letra lo que me dijiste I repeated word for word o exactly what you told me
    todos se habían ido, pero nosotros seguíamos al pie del cañón everyone had left, but we were still hard at it o still working away
    pies mpl foot
    Compuestos:
    little end
    name and title of signatory
    caption
    ( Col) (personal) manpower; ( Mil) standing army
    imprint
    footer
    slide gauge
    C ( Bot) cutting, slip
    Compuesto:
    rootstock
    ocho pies cuadrados eight square feet
    E ( Lit) foot
    Compuesto:
    F ( Chi) (depósito) down payment
    pie2
    /pai/
    ( AmL)
    pie
    * * *

     

    Del verbo piar: ( conjugate piar)

    pié es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

    píe es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    piar    
    pie
    piar ( conjugate piar) verbo intransitivo
    to chirp, tweet
    pie 1 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (Anat) foot;


    tiene (los) pies planos she has flat feet;
    pie de atleta athlete's foot
    b) ( en locs)


    ir a pie to go on foot, walk;
    hoy ando a pie (AmL) I'm without wheels today;
    de pie standing;
    ponte de pie stand up;
    en pie: estoy en pie desde las siete I've been up since seven o'clock;
    no puedo tenerme en pie I can hardly walk/stand;
    solo la iglesia quedó en pie only the church remained standing;
    mi oferta sigue en pie my offer still stands;
    a pie pelado (Chi) barefoot, in one's bare feet;
    de a pie common, ordinary;
    de la cabeza a los pies or de pies a cabeza from head to foot o toe, from top to toe (colloq);
    en pie de guerra on a war footing;
    en (un) pie de igualdad on an equal footing;
    hacer pie to be able to touch the bottom;
    levantarse con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense whatsoever;
    por mi/tu/su (propio) pie unaided, without any help
    2
    a) (de calcetín, media) foot

    b) (de lámpara, columna) base;

    ( de copabase) base;
    (— parte vertical) stem;
    ( de montaña) foot
    c) (de página, escrito) foot, bottom;

    una nota a or al pie de página a footnote;

    al pie de la letra ‹copiar/repetir word by word, exactly
    d) ( de cama) tb


    3
    a) ( medida) foot

    b) (Lit) foot

    pie 2 /pai/ sustantivo masculino (AmL) pie
    piar vi (pájaro) to chirp, cheep, tweet
    pie sustantivo masculino
    1 (de una persona) foot
    ponerse de pie, to stand up
    pies planos, flat feet
    2 (de una columna, lámpara, etc) base
    3 (de una copa) stem
    4 (de una fotografía) caption
    5 (de un texto) foot
    una nota a pie de página, a footnote
    6 (medida) foot
    ♦ Locuciones: dar pie a, to give cause for
    a pies juntillas, blindly
    al pie de la letra, to the letter
    con buen/mal pie, on the right/wrong footing
    con pies de plomo, cautiously
    de pie, standing up
    de pies a cabeza, from head to foot
    ' pie' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - bola
    - caminar
    - cañón
    - ciudadana
    - ciudadano
    - cojear
    - compartir
    - dedo
    - dormirse
    - empanada
    - enredarse
    - excursionista
    - flojera
    - gráfica
    - gráfico
    - guerra
    - hormiguear
    - hormigueo
    - lámpara
    - letra
    - levantarse
    - migaja
    - nacer
    - parada
    - parado
    - pararse
    - pastel
    - patear
    - patín
    - perchero
    - planta
    - pulgar
    - punta
    - reloj
    - resistir
    - sostenerse
    - talón
    - tenerse
    - uña
    - vadear
    - ver
    - zancadilla
    - a
    - agachar
    - amoldar
    - bien
    - budín
    - buscar
    - calambre
    English:
    accused
    - athlete's foot
    - bare
    - base
    - bed
    - book
    - bottom
    - caption
    - circumscribe
    - clubfoot
    - custard pie
    - dead
    - easy
    - floor lamp
    - foot
    - foothold
    - footing
    - footnote
    - ft
    - grandfather
    - hike
    - hill
    - impression
    - imprint
    - instep
    - itch
    - letter
    - man
    - meat pie
    - mince pie
    - on
    - pace
    - pie
    - pie chart
    - press
    - print
    - promenade concert
    - rambler
    - remain
    - rise
    - roll out
    - salt
    - sole
    - stamp
    - stamp down
    - stand
    - stand up
    - standing
    - standing ovation
    - standing room
    * * *
    pie nm
    1. [de persona] foot;
    estos zapatos me hacen daño en los pies these shoes hurt my feet;
    a pie on foot;
    prefiero ir a pie I'd rather walk o go on foot;
    estar de o [m5] en pie to be standing;
    ponerse de o [m5] en pie to stand up;
    llevamos dos horas de pie we've been on our feet for two hours;
    llevo en pie desde las seis de la mañana I've been up and about since six in the morning;
    la oferta sigue en pie the offer still stands;
    echar pie a tierra [jinete] to dismount;
    [pasajero] to alight;
    se me fueron los pies [resbalé] I slipped, I lost my footing;
    se me iban los pies con la música my feet were tapping along to the music;
    perder/no hacer pie [en el agua] to go/to be out of one's depth;
    Formal
    a sus pies at your service;
    el ciudadano de a pie the man in the street;
    en pie de igualdad on an equal footing;
    en pie de guerra on a war footing;
    pies de barro: un héroe/líder con (los) pies de barro a hero/leader with feet of clay;
    Fam
    buscar (los) tres o [m5] cinco pies al gato to overcomplicate matters;
    de pies a cabeza from head to toe;
    con buen pie: empezar con buen pie to get off to a good start;
    terminar con buen pie to end on a good note;
    caer de pie [tener suerte] to land on one's feet;
    no dar pie con bola to get everything wrong;
    con el pie derecho: empezar con el pie derecho to get off to a good start;
    estar con un pie en el estribo to be about to leave;
    a pies juntillas unquestioningly;
    levantarse con el pie izquierdo to get out of bed on the wrong side;
    con mal pie: empezar con mal pie to get off to a bad start;
    terminar con mal pie to end on a sour note;
    nacer de pie to be born lucky;
    andar o [m5] ir con pies de plomo to tread carefully;
    pararle los pies a alguien to put sb in their place;
    Fam
    poner pies en polvorosa: al llegar la policía, puso pies en polvorosa when the police arrived, you couldn't see him for dust o he legged it;
    poner los pies en o [m5] sobre la tierra to get a grip on reality;
    Esp
    saber de qué pie cojea alguien to know sb's weaknesses;
    Fam
    salir con los pies por delante to leave feet first o in a box;
    Esp Fam
    salir por pies to leg it;
    no tener ni pies ni cabeza to make no sense at all;
    tener un pie en la tumba to have one foot in the grave
    no tenerse en pie: no me tengo en pie I can't stand up a minute longer;
    esa teoría no se tiene en pie that theory doesn't stand up
    pie de atleta athlete's foot;
    pie de cabra crowbar, Br jemmy, US jimmy;
    pies de cerdo (pig's) trotters;
    pies planos flat feet
    2. [base] [de lámpara, micrófono] stand;
    [de copa] stem; [de montaña, árbol, escalera] foot;
    al pie de la página at the foot o bottom of the page;
    al pie de o [m5]a los pies de la cama/de la montaña at the foot of the bed/mountain;
    al pie de la letra to the letter, word for word;
    sigue las instrucciones al pie de la letra follow the instructions to the letter;
    copiar algo al pie de la letra to copy sth word for word;
    no hace falta que lo interpretes al pie de la letra there's no need to interpret it literally;
    al pie del cañón: ahí está, siempre al pie del cañón there he is, always hard at work
    pie de foto caption;
    pie de imprenta imprint;
    Informát pie de página footer
    3. [unidad de medida] foot;
    mide tres pies de ancho it's three foot o feet wide
    4. Teatro cue;
    Fig
    dar pie a [críticas, comentarios] to give rise to;
    [sospechas] to give cause for; Fig
    dar pie a alguien para que haga algo to give sb cause to do sth
    5. Lit [de verso] foot
    pie quebrado = short line of four or five syllables alternating with longer lines
    6. pie de lobo [planta] clubmoss
    7. pies de gato [botas] rock boots
    8. Chile [anticipo] down payment
    * * *
    m
    1 de estatua, lámpara base
    2 de persona foot;
    a pie on foot;
    al pie de at the foot of;
    de pie standing;
    estar de pie be standing (up);
    en pie stand up;
    de pie fig: por cansancio be ready to drop;
    de pies a cabeza from head to foot;
    no tiene ni pies ni cabeza it doesn’t make any sense at all, I can’t make head nor tail of it;
    levantarse con el pie izquierdo get out of bed on the wrong side;
    con buen/mal pie empezar get off to a good/bad start;
    con los pies fig badly;
    estar en pie be up, be out of bed;
    estar en pie de guerra be on a war footing;
    cinco pies al gato fig make things difficult, complicate things;
    a give rise to, generate;
    echar pie a tierra go ashore;
    estar al pie del cañón fig be hard at work;
    hacer pie touch bottom;
    no hacer pie en piscina be out of one’s depth;
    do everything wrong;
    parar los pies a alguien take s.o. down a peg or two fam ;
    saber de qué pie cojea alguien fig know where s.o. is coming from;
    poner pies en polvorosa fam take to one’s heels fam ;
    salir por pies hotfoot it fam, make o.s. scarce;
    pie de la cama foot of the bed;
    pies planos flat feet
    * * *
    pie nm
    1) : foot
    a pie: on foot
    de pie: on one's feet, standing
    2) : base, bottom, stem, foot
    pie de la cama: foot of the bed
    pie de una lámpera: base of a lamp
    pie de la escalera: bottom of the stairs
    pie de una copa: stem of a glass
    3) : foot (in measurement)
    pie cuadrado: square foot
    4) : cue (in theater)
    5)
    dar pie a : to give cause for, to give rise to
    6)
    en pie de igualidad : on equal footing
    * * *
    pie n
    1. (de persona) foot [pl. feet]
    2. (de estatua, lámpara, etc) base
    ponerse de pie to stand up [pt. & pp. stood]

    Spanish-English dictionary > pie

  • 98 विभाग


    vi-bhāgá
    m. distribution, apportionment RV. AitBr. ;

    partition of patrimony, law of inheritance (one of the 18 titles orᅠ branches of law) Mn. Yājñ. etc. (cf. IW. 261);
    a share, portion, section, constituent part of anything Yājñ. MBh. etc.;
    division, separation, distinction, difference Nir. GṛṠrS. etc. ( ena, separately, singly, in detail;
    cf. alsoᅠ yoga-v-);
    disjunction (opp. to saṉ-yoga andᅠ regarded in Nyāya as one of the 24 Guṇas) IW. 68 ;
    (in arithm.) the numerator of a fraction Col.;
    N. of Ṡiva R. ;
    - kalpanā f. apportioning orᅠ allotment of shares orᅠ portions W. ;
    - jña mfn. (ifc.) knowing the difference between ṠāṇkhGṛ. MBh. - tas ind. according to a part orᅠ share, proportionately Sarvad. W. ;
    - tattva-vicāra m. N. of wk.;
    - tva n. state of separation orᅠ distinction Sarvad. ;
    - dharma m. the law of division, rule of inheritance Mn. I, 115 ;
    - pattrikā f. a deed of partition MW. ;
    - bhāj mfn. one who shares in a portion of property already distributed (applied esp. to a son by a father andᅠ mother of the same tribe, born subsequently to a distribution of property amongst his parents andᅠ brethren, in which case he inherits the portion allotted orᅠ reserved to the parents) Yājñ. Pañcat. ;
    - bhinna n. = takra, buttermilk mixed with water L. ;
    - rekhā f. partition-line, boundary between (gen.) Bālar. ;
    - vat mfn. divided, separated, distinguished (- f.) Sarvad. ;
    - ṡas ind. according to a part orᅠ share, separately, proportionately Mn. MBh. etc.;
    (ifc.) according to BhP. ;
    - sāra m. N. of wk.;
    - gêcchu mfn. wishing for a partition orᅠ distribution MW.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > विभाग

  • 99 διά

    διά prep. w. gen. and acc. (Hom.+) (for lit. s. ἀνά, beg.); the fundamental idea that finds expression in this prep. is separation, esp. in the gen., with the gener. sense ‘through’; in the acc. the gener. sense also is ‘through’ (cp. the semantic range in Eng.), but primarily with a causal focus ‘owing to’.
    A. w. gen.
    marker of extension through an area or object, via, through
    w. verbs of going διέρχεσθαι διὰ πάντων (sc. τόπων, EpArist 132) go through all the places Ac 9:32; cp. Mt 12:43; Lk 11:24. ἀπελεύσομαι διʼ ὑμῶν εἰς I will go through your city on the way to Ro 15:28; cp. 2 Cor. 1:16. διαβαίνειν Hb 11:29. διαπορεύεσθαι διὰ σπορίμων Lk 6:1. εἰσέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς πύλης (Jos., Ant. 13, 229) Mt 7:13a; τ. θύρας J 10:1f; cp. vs. 9. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τ. ὁδοῦ pass by along the road Mt 8:28; cp. 7:13b. παραπορεύεσθαι Mk 2:23; 9:30. περιπατεῖν διὰ τοῦ φωτός walk about through or in the light Rv 21:24. ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας return through M. Ac 20:3.—Ἰης. ὁ ἐλθὼν διʼ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1J 5:6 first of all refers quite literally to Jesus’ passing through water at the hand of John and through blood at his death (on the expression ‘come through blood’ in this sense cp. Eur., Phoen. 20 in Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31 II 2 p. 202, 10, of the oracle to Laius the father of Oedipus, concerning the bloody downfall of his house: πᾶς σὸς οἶκος βήσεται διʼ αἵματος). But mng. 3c may also apply: Jesus comes with the water of baptism and with the blood of redemption for his own.—AKlöpper, 1J 5:6–12: ZWT 43, 1900, 378–400.—The ῥῆμα ἐκπορευόμενον διὰ στόματος θεοῦ Mt 4:4 (Dt 8:3) is simply the word that proceeds out of the mouth of God (cp. Theognis 1, 18 Diehl3 τοῦτʼ ἔπος ἀθανάτων ἦλθε διὰ στομάτων; Pittacus in Diog. L. 1, 78 διὰ στόματος λαλεῖ; Chrysippus argues in Diog. L. 7, 187: εἴ τι λαλεῖς, τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ στόματός σου διέρχεται, i.e. if one e.g. says the word ἅμαξα, a wagon passes through the person’s lips; TestIss 7:4 ψεῦδος οὐκ ἀνῆλθε διὰ τ. χειλέων μου. Cp. also δέχεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Gen 33:10 beside δέχ. ἐκ τ. χειρ. τινος Ex 32:4).
    w. other verbs that include motion: οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος διὰ πασῶν τ. ἐκκλησιῶν (sc. ἀγγέλλεται) throughout all the congregations 2 Cor 8:18. διαφέρεσθαι διʼ (v.l. καθʼ) ὅλης τῆς χώρας be spread through the whole region Ac 13:49. διὰ τ. κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτόν they let him down through the tile roof Lk 5:19. διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν through an opening in the wall (Jos., Ant. 5, 15) Ac 9:25; cp. 2 Cor 11:33. (σωθήσεται) ὡς διὰ πυρός as if he had come through fire 1 Cor 3:15. διασῴζεσθαι διʼ ὕδατος be brought safely through the water 1 Pt 3:20.—διʼ ὅλου J 19:23 s. ὅλος 2.
    of a whole period of time, to its very end throughout, through, during διὰ παντός (sc. χρόνου. Edd. gener. write διὰ παντός, but Tdf. writes διαπαντός exc. Mt 18:10) always, continually, constantly (Hdt. 1, 122, 3; Thu. 1, 38, 1; Vett. Val. 220, 1; 16; PLond I, 42, 6 [172 B.C.] p. 30; BGU 1078, 2; PGM 7, 235; LXX; GrBar 10:7; EpArist index; Jos., Ant. 3, 281; SibOr Fgm. 1, 17; Just., D. 6, 2; 12, 3 al.) Mt 18:10; Mk 5:5; Lk 24:53; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 10:2; 24:16; Ro 11:10 (Ps 68:24); 2 Th 3:16; Hb 9:6; 13:15; Hm 5, 2, 3; Hs 9, 27, 3. διὰ νυκτός during the night, overnight (νύξ 1b) Ac 23:31. διʼ ὅλης νυκτός the whole night through Lk 5:5; J 21:6 v.l. (X., An. 4, 2, 4; Diod S 3, 12, 3 διʼ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός; PGM 4, 3151; Jos., Ant. 6, 37; cp. διʼ ἡμέρας all through the day: IPriene 112, 61 and 99; 1 Macc 12:27; 4 Macc 3:7). διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 means either for forty days (Philo, Vi. Cont. 35 διʼ ἓξ ἡμερῶν. So AFridrichsen, ThBl 6, 1927, 337–41; MEnslin, JBL 47, 1928, 60–73) or (s. b below) now and then in the course of 40 days (B-D-F §223, 1; Rob. 581; WMichaelis, ThBl 4, 1925, 102f; Bruce, Acts). διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν throughout the lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου: X., Mem. 1, 2, 61; Pla., Phileb. 39e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 21; διʼ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν EpArist 130; 141; 168).
    of a period of time within which someth. occurs during, at (PTebt 48, 10) διὰ (τῆς) νυκτός at night, during the night (Palaeph. 1, 10; PRyl 138, 15 κατέλαβα τοῦτον διὰ νυκτός; Jos., Bell. 1, 229. S. νύξ 1b end) Ac 5:19; 16:9; 17:10. διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας during the day Lk 9:37 D (Antig. Car. 128 διὰ πέμπτης ἡμέρας=on the fifth day). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58.
    of an interval of time, after (Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; X., Mem. 2, 8, 1; Diod S 5, 28, 6 of transmigration of souls: διʼ ἐτῶν ὡρισμένων [=after the passing of a certain number of years] πάλιν βιοῦν; OGI 56, 38; 4 Macc 13:21; Jos., Ant. 4, 209): διʼ ἐτῶν πλειόνων after several years Ac 24:17. διὰ δεκατεσσάρων (s. under δέκα) ἐτῶν after 14 years Gal 2:1. διʼ ἡμερῶν several days afterward Mk 2:1. διὰ ἱκανοῦ χρόνου after (quite) some time Ac 11:2 D (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 28 διὰ χρόνου).
    marker of instrumentality or circumstance whereby someth. is accomplished or effected, by, via, through
    of means or instrument γράφειν διά χάρτου καὶ μέλανος write w. paper and ink 2J 12; cp. 3J 13 (Plut., Sol. 87 [17, 3]). διὰ πυρὸς δοκιμάζειν test by fire 1 Pt 1:7. διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι Ac 8:20. Hebraistically in expr. denoting activity διὰ χειρῶν τινος (LXX) Mk 6:2; Ac 5:12; 14:3; 19:11, 26. Differently γράφειν διὰ χειρός τινος write through the agency of someone 15:23; cp. 11:30. εἰπεῖν διὰ στόματός τινος by the mouth of someone (where the usage discussed in A1a is influential) 1:16; 3:18, 21; 4:25. εὔσημον λόγον διδόναι διὰ τῆς γλώσσης utter intelligible speech with the tongue 1 Cor 14:9. διὰ τοῦ νοὸς λαλεῖν speak, using one’s reason (=consciously; opp., ecstatic speech) vs. 19 v.l. Of the work of Christ: περιποιεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ αἵματος obtain through his blood Ac 20:28; cp. Eph 1:7; Col 1:20. Also διὰ τοῦ θανάτου Ro 5:10; Col 1:22; Hb 2:14; διὰ τοῦ σώματος Ro 7:4; διὰ τῆς ἰδίας σαρκός AcPlCor 2:6; cp. 2:15; διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ Eph 2:16; διὰ τῆς θυσίας Hb 9:26; διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ through the offering of the body of Jesus 10:10; διὰ παθημάτων 2:10.
    of manner, esp. w. verbs of saying: ἀπαγγέλλειν διὰ λόγου by word of mouth Ac 15:27; cp. 2 Th 2:15. διʼ ἐπιστολῶν by letter (POxy 1066, 9; 1070, 14f πολλάκις σοι γράψας διὰ ἐπιστολῶν πολλῶν; Tat. 12:3 δια γραφῆς in writing) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 10:11; cp. 2 Th 2:2, 15. διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ w. many words Ac 15:32. διʼ ὁράματος εἰπεῖν in a vision 18:9. διὰ παραβολῆς in an illustrative way, in a parable Lk 8:4. διὰ προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως προσεύχεσθαι call on (God) w. prayer and supplication Eph 6:18. διὰ βραχέων ἐπιστέλλειν write briefly Hb 13:22 (cp. 1 Pt 5:12 P72; Isocr. 14, 3; Lucian, Tox. 56; EpArist 128; Ath. 17:1 σκέψασθε … διὰ βρ.). Also διʼ ὀλίγων γράφειν 1 Pt 5:12 (Pla., Phileb. 31d; UPZ 42, 9 [162 B.C.]; 2 Macc 6:17).
    of attendant or prevailing circumstance (Kühner-G. I 482f; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 6 διὰ πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγων; Just., D. 105, 2 διʼ οὗ πάθους ἔμελλενἀποθνῄσκειν; PTebt 35, 9 [111 B.C.] διὰ τῆς γνώμης τινός=with someone’s consent; Jos., Bell. 4, 105) σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου you who, (though provided) with the written code and circumcision, are a transgressor/violator of the law Ro 2:27. διʼ ὑπομονῆς 8:25. διὰ προσκόμματος eat with offense (to the scruples of another) 14:20. διʼ ἀκροβυστίας in a state of being uncircumcised 4:11. διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων with many tears 2 Cor 2:4. Cp. 6:7. διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 2 Pt 1:3 ( through recognition [of God as source of the gifts], s. Danker, Benefactor 457). διὰ πυρός in fiery form AcPlCor 2:13.—Here prob. belongs σωθήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 Ti 2:15 (opp. of the negative theme in Gen. 3:16), but s. d next. On 1J 5:6 s. A1a above.
    of efficient cause via, through διὰ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας ( only) recognition of sin comes via the law Ro 3:20; cp. 4:13. τὰ παθήματα τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου passions aroused via the law 7:5. διὰ νόμου πίστεως by the law of faith 3:27; Gal 2:19. ἀφορμὴν λαμβάνειν διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς Ro 7:8, 11; cp. 13. διὰ τ. εὐαγγελίου ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα (spiritual parenthood) 1 Cor 4:15. Perh. 1 Ti 2:15 but s. c, above. διὰ τῆς σοφίας with its wisdom 1 Cor 1:21; opp. διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος through the folly of proclamation = foolish proclamation ibid. διὰ τῆς Λευιτικῆς ἱερωσύνης Hb 7:11. Freq. διὰ (τῆς) πίστεως Ro 1:12; 3:22, 25, 30f; Gal 2:16; 3:14, 26; Eph 2:8; 3:12, 17 al. Cp. AcPl Cor 2:8. πίστις διʼ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη faith which works through (=expresses itself in) deeds of love Gal 5:6. διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ if God is willing Ro 15:32; by the will of God 1 Cor 1:1; 2 Cor 1:1; 8:5; Eph 1:1; Col 1:1; 2 Ti 1:1.
    of occasion διὰ τῆς χάριτος by virtue of the grace Ro 12:3; Gal 1:15 (Just., D. 100, 2).—3:18; 4:23; Phlm 22. διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς in consequence of his glory and excellence 2 Pt 1:3 v.l.
    in wording of urgent requests διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ by the mercy of God Ro 12:1; cp. 15:30; 1 Cor 1:10; 2 Cor 10:1.
    marker of pers. agency, through, by
    with focus on agency through ( the agency of), by (X., An. 2, 3, 17 διʼ ἑρμηνέως λέγειν; Menand., Fgm. 210, 1 οὐθεὶς διʼ ἀνθρώπου θεὸς σῴζει … ἑτέρου τόν ἕτερον; Achilles Tat. 7, 1, 3 διʼ ἐκείνου μαθεῖν; Just., D. 75, 4 διὰ παρθένου γεννηθῆναι; PMert 5, 8 γεομετρηθῆναι διʼ αὐτοῦ) ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Mt 1:22; 2:15, 23; 4:14 al. (cp. Just., A I, 47, 5 διὰ Ἠσαίου τοῦ πρ.). γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν Lk 18:31; cp. Ac 2:22; 10:36; 15:12 al. διʼ ἀνθρώπου by human agency Gal 1:1. διὰ Μωϋσέως through Moses (Jos., Ant. 7, 338; Mel., P. 11, 77 διὰ χειρὸς Μωυσέως) J 1:17; under Moses’ leadership Hb 3:16. διʼ ἀγγέλων by means of divine messengers (TestJob 18:5 διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 136, but s. n. by RMarcus, Loeb ed., ad loc.) Gal 3:19; Hb 2:2. πέμψας διὰ τ. μαθητῶν εἶπεν sent and said through his disciples Mt 11:2f. Cp. the short ending of Mk. γράφειν διά τινος of the bearer IRo 10:1; IPhld 11:2; ISm 12:1, but also of pers. who had a greater or smaller part in drawing up some document (Dionys. of Cor. in Eus., HE 4, 23, 11) 1 Pt 5:12 (on the practice s. ERichards, The Secretary in the Letters of Paul ’91). In this case διά comes close to the mng. represented by (LWenger, D. Stellvertretung im Rechte d. Pap. 1906, 9ff; Dssm., LO 98 [LAE 123f]). So also κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. God judges, represented by Christ Jesus Ro 2:16. Christ as intermediary in the creation of the world J 1:3, 10; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16.—εὐχαριστεῖν τ. θεῷ διὰ Ἰ. Χρ. thank God through Jesus Christ Ro 1:8; 7:25; Col 3:17.—Occasionally the mediation becomes actual presence (references for this usage in BKeil, Anonymus Argentinensis 1902, p. 192, 1; 306 note) διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων in the presence of many witnesses 2 Ti 2:2 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 114, 31 διὰ θεοῦ μέσου=in the presence of God as mediator; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 187 τὸ διὰ μαρτύρων κλαίειν=weeping in the presence of witnesses).
    with focus on the originator of an action (Hom. et al.; pap, LXX, EpArist)
    α. of human activity (PSI 354, 6 [254 B.C.] τὸν χόρτον τὸν συνηγμένον διʼ ἡμῶν=by us; 500, 5; 527, 12; 1 Esdr 6:13; 2 Macc 6:21; 4 Macc 1:11) 2 Cor 1:11 (where διὰ πολλῶν resumes ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων). ᾧ παρέλαβε κανόνι διὰ τῶν μακαρίων προφήτων καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου εὐαγγελίου AcPlCor 2:36.
    β. of divine activity:—of God (Aeschyl., Ag. 1485; Pla., Symp. 186e ἡ ἰατρικὴ πᾶσα διὰ τ. θεοῦ τούτου [Asclepius] κυβερνᾶται; Ael. Aristid., Sarap. [Or. 8 Dind.=45 Keil] 14 K. πάντα γὰρ πανταχοῦ διὰ σοῦ τε καὶ διὰ σὲ ἡμῖν γίγνεται; Zosimus in CALG p. 143 and a magic ring in introd. 133; EpArist 313) 1 Cor 1:9 διʼ οὗ ἐκλήθητε (v.l. ὑπό s. καλέω 4); Ro 11:36 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50; 347f); Hb 2:10b (s. B 2a, below; cp. Ar. 1:5 διʼ αὐτοῦ … τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν).—Of Christ Ro 1:5; 5:9, 17f, 21; 8:37; 2 Cor 1:20 al. (ASchettler, D. paulin. Formel ‘durch Christus’ 1907; GJonker, De paulin. formule ‘door Christus’: ThSt 27, 1909, 173–208).—Of the Holy Spirit Ac 11:28; 21:4; Ro 5:5.
    At times διά w. gen. seems to have causal mng. (Rdm. 142; POxy 299, 2 [I A.D.] ἔδωκα αὐτῷ διὰ σοῦ=because of you; Achilles Tat. 3, 4, 5 διὰ τούτων=for this reason; in Eng. cp. Coleridge, Anc. Mariner 135–36: Every tongue thro’ utter drouth Was wither’d at the root, s. OED s.v. ‘through’ I B 8) διὰ τῆς σαρκός because of the resistance of the flesh Ro 8:3.—2 Cor 9:13.—On the use of διά w. gen. in Ro s. Schlaeger, La critique radicale de l’épître aux Rom.: Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. II 111f.
    B. w. acc.
    marker of extension through an area, through (Hom. and other early Gk. only in poetry, e.g. Pind. P. 9, 123 διʼ ὅμιλον ‘through the throng’; Hellenistic prose since Dionys. Hal. [JKäser, D. Präpositionen b. Dionys. Hal., diss. Erlangen 1915, 54]; ISyriaW 1866b τὸν πάτρωνα διὰ πάντα of the governor of a whole province) διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας Lk 17:11 (cp. SibOr 3, 316 ῥομφαία διελεύσεται διὰ μέσον σεῖο).
    marker of someth. constituting cause
    the reason why someth. happens, results, exists: because of, for the sake of (do something for the sake of a divinity: UPZ 62, 2 [161 B.C.] διὰ τὸν Σάραπιν; JosAs 1:10 διʼ αὐτήν; ApcSed 3:3 διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον; Tat. 8:2 διὰ τὸν … Ἄττιν; Ath. 30, 1 διὰ τὴν Δερκετώ) hated because of the name Mt 10:22; persecution arises because of teaching 13:21; because of unbelief vs. 58; because of a tradition 15:3; διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον (the sabbath was designed) for people Mk 2:27; because of Herodias Mk 6:17 (cp. Just. D. 34, 8 διὰ γυναῖκα); because of a crowd Lk 5:19; 8:19 al; because of Judeans Ac 16:3. διὰ τὸν θόρυβον 21:34; because of rain 28:2. Juristically to indicate guilt: imprisoned for insurrection and murder Lk 23:25. διʼ ὑμᾶς on your account=through your fault Ro 2:24 (Is 52:5). διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν because of the passing over 3:25 (but s. WKümmel, ZTK 49, ’52, 164). διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα on account of transgressions 4:25a (cp. Is 53:5; PsSol 13:5); but διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν in the interest of justification vs. 25b; s. 8:10 for a sim. paired use of διὰ. διὰ τὴν χάριν on the basis of the grace 15:15. διʼ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός because of a physical ailment (cp. POxy 726, 10f [II A.D.] οὐ δυνάμενος διʼ ἀσθένειαν πλεῦσαι. Cp. ἀσθένεια 1) Gal 4:13. διὰ τὸ θέλημα σου by your will Rv 4:11. διὰ τὸν χρόνον according to the time = by this time Hb 5:12 (Aelian, VH 3, 37 δ. τὸν χρ.=because of the particular time-situation).—W. words denoting emotions out of (Diod S 5, 59, 8 διὰ τὴν λύπην; 18, 25, 1 διὰ τὴν προπέτειαν=out of rashness; Appian, Celt. 1 §9 διʼ ἐλπίδα; 2 Macc 5:21; 7:20; 9:8; 3 Macc 5:32, 41; Tob 8:7): διὰ φθόνον out of envy Mt 27:18; Phil 1:15. διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους out of tender mercy Lk 1:78. διὰ τ. φόβον τινός out of fear of someone J 7:13. διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην out of the great love Eph 2:4. διὰ τ. πλεονεξίαν in their greediness B 10:4.—Of God as the ultimate goal or purpose of life, whereas διά w. gen. (s. A4bβ above) represents God as Creator, Hb 2:10a (s. Norden, op. cit.; PGM 13, 76 διὰ σὲ συνέστηκεν … ἡ γῆ). Cp. J 6:57 (s. Bultmann ad loc.) PtK 2.
    in direct questions διὰ τί; why? (Hyperid. 3, 17; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 28; Ael. Aristid. 31 p. 597 D.; oft. LXX; TestJob 37:8; TestLevi 2:9; GrBar, Tat; Mel., Fgm. 8b, 42) mostly in an interrogative clause Mt 9:11, 14; 13:10; 15:2f; 17:19; 21:25; Mk 2:18; 11:31; Lk 5:30; 19:23, 31; 20:5; 24:38; J 7:45; 8:43, 46; 12:5; 13:37; Ac 5:3; 1 Cor 6:7; Rv 17:7. Simply διὰ τί; (Hyperid. 3, 23) Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. Also διατί (always in t.r. and often by Tdf.; TestJob 46:2) B 8:4, 6; Hm 2:5; Hs 5, 5, 5. Kvan Leeuwen Boomkamp, Τι et Διατι dans les évangiles: RevÉtGr 39, 1926, 327–31.—In real and supposed answers and inferences διὰ τοῦτο therefore (X., An. 1, 7, 3; 7, 19; oft. LXX; JosAs 7:7; Ar. 12, 2; Just., A I, 44, 5 al.; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac.) Mt 6:25; 12:27, 31; 13:13, 52; 14:2; 18:23; 21:43; 23:13 v.l.; 24:44; Mk 11:24; 12:24; Lk 11:19 al. Also διὰ ταῦτα (Epict.) Eph 5:6. διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι for this reason, (namely) that J 5:16, 18; 8:47; 10:17; 12:18, 39; 15:19; 1J 3:1. διὰ τοῦτο ἵνα for this reason, (in order) that (Lucian, Abdic. 1) J 1:31; 2 Cor 13:10; 1 Ti 1:16; Phlm 15. Also διὰ τοῦτο ὅπως Hb 9:15.
    διά foll. by inf. or acc. w. inf., representing a causal clause, because (Gen 39:9; Dt 1:36; 1 Macc 6:53; GrBar 8:4; Demetr.: 722 fgm 1:1 al.) διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος because it had no depth Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f (διὰ τὸ μή w. inf.: X., Mem. 1, 3, 5; Hero Alex. I 348, 7; III 274, 19; Lucian, Hermot. 31); because lawlessness increases Mt 24:12; διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου Δ.. Lk 2:4; because it was built well 6:48 al. διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων because it was said by some Lk 9:7 (for the constr. cp. Herodian 7, 12, 7 διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐξόδους ὑπὸ τ. πυρὸς προκατειλῆφθαι=because the exit-routes were blocked by the fire).
    instead of διά w. gen. to denote the efficient cause we may have διά, by
    α. w. acc. of thing (schol. on Pind., N. 4, 79a; 2 Macc 12:11; EpArist 77) διὰ τὸ αἷμα by the blood Rv 12:11. διὰ τὰ σημεῖα by the miracles 13:14.
    β. w. acc. of pers. and freq. as expr. of favorable divine action (Aristoph., Plut. 468; Dionys. Hal. 8, 33, 3, 1579 μέγας διὰ τ. θεούς ἐγενόμην; Ael. Aristid. 24, 1 K.=44 p. 824 D.: διʼ οὓς [= θεούς] ἐσώθην; SIG 1122; OGI 458, 40; PGM 13, 579 διῳκονομήθη τ. πάντα διὰ σέ; EpArist 292; Sir 15:11; 3 Macc 6:36: other exx. in SEitrem and AFridrichsen, E. christl. Amulett auf Pap. 1921, 24). ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα J 6:57 (cp. PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Isis σὺ κυρεῖς τὰ πάντα, διὰ σὲ δʼ εἰσορῶ φαός ‘you are responsible for everything and thanks to you I can see light’). διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα by the one who subjected it Ro 8:20.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > διά

  • 100 В-378

    НА ВЫСОТЕ быть«, оказаться, чувствовать себя и т. п. НА ДОЛЖНОЙ ВЫСОТЕ PrepP these forms only subj-compl with copula)
    1. Also: НА ВЫСОТЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ (subj: human or collect) (to be, feel that one is etc) performing in the best, most fitting manner in a given situation, demonstrating the daring, courage etc required under particular circumstances: Хбыл (оказался) на высоте (положения) = X rose (measured up) to the occasion
    X was equal to the occasion (to the task) X rose to (met) the challenge (in limited contexts) X lived up to person Y's expectations X was at his best
    Neg X был (оказался) не на высоте - X fell short of expectations (of the mark).
    ...По слухам, которые распространяли чегемцы... Маяна в первую же брачную ночь сломала своему почтенному мужу два ребра... Но опять же, если верить чегемским слухам, старик оказался на высоте, потому что, будучи человеком со сломанными рёбрами, он, по крайней мере, успел зачать ещё двух детей, если первого ребёнка, как предполагали чегемцы, он успел зачать до того, как треснули его рёбра (Искандер 4)....According to rumors that the Chegemians spread...on their wedding night May ana broke two of her venerable husband's ribs.... What is more, if we are to believe Chegem rumors, the old man rose to the occasion, because, even as a man with broken ribs, at least he succeeded in begetting two more children, if, as the Chegemians hypothesized, he had succeeded in begetting the first child before his ribs got cracked (4a).
    ...Он (Кирилл) оказался на высоте - сдержал свое обещание... (Лимонов 1)....He (Kirill) lived up to my expectations and kept his promise... (1a).
    2. (subj: human, collect, abstr, or concr) (to be, feel that one is etc) able to satisfy the highest demands, excellent in quality
    X на высоте = X is first-rate (topnotch)
    (in limited contexts) person X is at his best
    ( usu. with negated predic or in questions) X был не на высоте - X did not measure up
    X was not up to the mark (to snuff, to scratch, to par, to it).
    «Ваши разговоры были записаны, когда вы звонили в (американское) посольство. Наша техника на высоте и позволила разоблачить ваши преступные замыслы...» (Копелев 1). "Your conversations were recorded when you called the (American) embassy. Our technology is first-rate and has allowed us to expose your criminal plans..." (1a).
    (Нина:) Отец у тебя отличный, Алька. Судьба ему определилась невесёлая... Не спорь с ним сегодня. Ни слова... (Альберт (помотал головой):) Я и не собирался ехать, а он подумал... (Нина:) Ладно, ладно, Жук, мы должны быть на высоте (Розов 4). (N.:) You have a splendid father, Al. It's just that life hasn't treated him too well....Don't argue with him today. Not one word... (A. (snaking his head):) I never even thought of going, and he thought... (N.:) Yes, I know what you mean, old man, but we've got to be at our best now (4a).
    Как работают заводы, какие у вас впечатления от личности Фосса, на высоте ли, по-вашему, химики?» - быстро спрашивал он (Эйхман) (Гроссман 2). "How are the factories getting on? What are your impressions of Voss? Do you think the chemists are up to it?" he (Eichmann) asked rapidly (2a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > В-378

См. также в других словарях:

  • Letter to His Father — (German: Brief an den Vater ) is the name usually given to the letter Franz Kafka wrote his father Hermann in November 1919, indicting him for his emotionally abusive and hypocritical behavior towards him. Kafka hoped the letter would bridge the… …   Wikipedia

  • According to Spike Milligan — is a series of literary pastiche novels written by Spike Milligan from 1993 to 2000. Each part of the series was a rewriting of an original novel, with surreal comic elements added that fit into certain points of the originals whilst at the same… …   Wikipedia

  • Father Ted — Craggy Island redircts here. For other places with this name, see Craggy Island (disambiguation). Father Ted Opening title Format Comedy Created by …   Wikipedia

  • Father's Day (Doctor Who) — Doctorwhobox number=167 serial name= Father s Day caption= The terrifying reapers begin to emerge. show=DW type=episode doctor=Christopher Eccleston (Ninth Doctor) companion=Billie Piper (Rose Tyler) guests= *Camille Coduri – Jackie Tyler *Shaun… …   Wikipedia

  • according to — ♦ 1) PHR PREP If someone says that something is true according to a particular person, book, or other source of information, they are indicating where they got their information. Philip stayed at the hotel, according to Mr Hemming... He and his… …   English dictionary

  • Father Samuel — (Père Samuel) is a Belgian Roman Catholic Priest of Turkish origin. His passport gives his name as Charles Clément Boniface. However, he was born in 1942 in Midyat, Turkey, as Samuel Ozdemir. The latter is a surname the priest dislikes because he …   Wikipedia

  • Father of the House — is a term that has by tradition been unofficially bestowed on certain members of some national legislatures, most notably the House of Commons in the United Kingdom. In some legislatures the term refers to the oldest member, but in others it… …   Wikipedia

  • Father Dámaso — or Padre Dámaso is one of the notorious, if not the memorable, characters in the novel Noli Me Tangere . The novel was written by José Rizal, the national hero of the Philippines. Noli Me Tangere ( Touch Me Not or Social Cancer ) is a… …   Wikipedia

  • His Last Bow (story) — His Last Bow , one of the 56 Sherlock Holmes short stories written by British author Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, is one of eight stories in the cycle collected as His Last Bow . Synopsis On the eve of the First World War, Von Bork, a German agent, is …   Wikipedia

  • Father Ted minor characters — The sitcom Father Ted starring Dermot Morgan, was well known for its cast of colourful and surreal characters, whether they be members of the priesthood or the bizarre inhabitants of Craggy Island. Father Ted contains a host of minor characters,… …   Wikipedia

  • Father Damien — For other people with similar names, see Father Damien (disambiguation) or Saint Damien. Saint Damien Saint Damien of Molokaʻi Saint Damien de Veuster was a Roman Catholic missionary who ministered to lepers on the Hawaiian island of Mol …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»